NZ713665B2 - New somatostatin receptor subtype 4 (sstr4) agonists - Google Patents

Abstract

The invention relates to 3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxylic acid amide derivatives of general formula (I), which are agonists of somatostatin receptor subtype 4 (SSTR4), useful for preventing or treating medical disorders related to SSTR4. In addition, the invention relates to processes for preparing pharmaceutical compositions as well as processes for manufacture of the compounds according to the invention. paring pharmaceutical compositions as well as processes for manufacture of the compounds according to the invention.

Description

New statin receptor subtype 4 (SSTR4) agonists Field of the invention The invention generally relates to 3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid amide derivatives of general formula (I), which are agonists of somatostatin receptor subtype 4 (SSTR4), useful for preventing or treating medical disorders related to SSTR4. Also described are processes for preparing pharmaceutical compositions as well as processes for manufacture of the compounds according to the invention.

H R1 O N Y H H A (I) Background of the invention Somatostatin, or somatotropin-release inhibitory factor (SRIF), is a cyclic peptide found in humans. It is produced widely in the human body and acts both ically and locally to t the secretion of various hormones, growth s and ransmitters. The effects of somatostatin are mediated by a family of G proteincoupled receptors, of which five subtypes are known. These subtypes are divided into two subfamilies, the first comprising SSTR2, SSTR3 and SSTR5 and the second SSTR1 and SSTR4.

Somatostatin is involved in the regulation of processes such as for e cellular proliferation, glucose homeostasis, inflammation and pain.

In this aspect somatostatin or other members of the somatostatin peptide familiy are ed to t nociceptive and inflammatory processes via the SSTR4 pathway.

A number of further therapeutic areas for SSTR4 agonists have been discussed (see e.g. Crider, A; Mini Rev. Med. Chem. 2002, 7, 213 (and references therein); WO 2010/059922 (and references therein).

Selective SSTR4 agonists have been sed, for instance, in J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120, 1368 – 1373. provides pyrrolidine amide agonists of SSTR4.

However, there is further need for selective SSTR4 agonists, especially for nonpeptidic agonists, which show high stability and other advantageous properties, such as oral efficacy and lic stability.

Substituted 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives have been discussed for the use as inhibitors of the e type-1 transporter (), for the use as CCR2 (chemokine receptor 2) antagonists () or for the treatment of renal injuries and ension (CN 102675290).

Aim of the invention It has now been found that nds of the present invention according to general formula (I) are effective agonists of somatostatin receptor 4 (SSTR4); and/or at least provide the public with a useful choice.

Besides the agonistic property toward somatostatin receptor 4, the compounds of the present invention provide advantageous pharmacokinetic properties; and/or at least provide the public with a useful . For example the nds of the present invention show high metabolic stability.

Furthermore, the compounds according to the present invention show high selectivity for the SSTR4 receptor with respect to the other subtypes of the same subfamily including the SSTR1 receptor. As a uence the probability of side effects is reduced; and/or the public is provided with a useful choice.

Statements of the invention Accordingly, in aspect the invention provides a compound of formula (I) H R1 O N Y H H A (I) A is selected from the group consisting of H and lkyl; R1 and R2 are ndently selected from the group consisting of H, C1alkyl and C3cycloalkyl, wherein at least one of R1 or R2 is C1 alkyl or C3cycloalkyl, wherein the C1alkyl or the C3cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with halogens or MeO-, or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- to 5-membered alkylene-bridge optionally substituted with halogens incorporating 0 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S; W is selected from the group consisting of a mono- or bicyclic aryl, a mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, a mono- or bicyclic heterocyclyl and a mono- or bicyclic cycloalkyl, wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, and n the aryl comprises up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two - or 6-membered ring(s); R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of lkyl, ycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, benzyl, halogen, HO-, NC-, monoor bicyclic heteroaryl, and 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O or S(O)r, wherein the heteroaryl contains up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two - or 6-membered rings(s) and r is 0, 1 or 2, wherein the C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, benzyl, heteroaryl and the cyclyl are optionally substituted with halogens, HO-, acetyl, C1alkyl-O-, oxo, R4-S(O)2-, with R4 being aryl, ycloalkyl and/or C1alkyl; Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, and -CH2O-; or a salt of any of the above compounds.

In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition containing at least one compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.

In another aspect, the invention relates to the use of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for ng or preventing diseases or ions which can be nced by the activation of SSTR4.

In r aspect, the invention relates to the use of a compound according to the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating pain.

In another aspect, the ion relates to the use of a compound according to the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the cture of a medicament for use in preventing pain.

In another aspect, the invention relates to the use of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in ng a disease or condition selected from irritable bowel syndrome, diabetic neuropathy, ne and osteoarthritis.

Certain statements that appear below are broader than what appears in the ents of the invention above. These statements are provided in the interests of providing the reader with a better understanding of the invention and its practice. The reader is directed to the anying claim set which defines the scope of the invention.

Also described are compounds according to formula (I) and salts, hydrates or solvates thereof as agonists of somatostatin or 4.

Also described are compounds according to formula (I) and salts, hydrates or solvates thereof as selective agonists of SSTR4 over other subtypes of the same family, ing selectivity over the other subtype of the same subfamily (SSTR1).

Also described are physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of general formula (I) according to this invention with inorganic or c acids.

Also described are pharmaceutical compositions, containing at least one compound according to formula (I) or a physiologically acceptable salt, e or solvate thereof, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or ts.

Also described are compounds according to formula (I) or a physiologically acceptable salt f or ceutical compositions comprising compounds according to formula (I) or physiologically acceptable salts thereof for the use in the prevention and/or treatment of disorders related to SSTR4.

Also described are processes of manufacture of the compounds of the present invention.

Also described are compounds according to a (I) or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof or pharmaceutical compositions sing compounds according to formula (I) or physiologically acceptable salts thereof for the use in the prevention and/or treatment of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by activation of SSTR4. Also described are compounds according to formula (I) or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof for the treatment of pain of various origins and/or mation.

Other aims of the present invention will become apparent to the skilled man directly from the foregoing and following remarks.

Detailed description In a first aspect the present ion relates to compounds of general formula (I) H R1 O N Y H H A (I) wherein A is selected from the group A1 consisting of H and C1alkyl; R1 and R2 are independently ed from the group R1.1a, R2.1a consisting of H, C1alkyl and C3cycloalkyl, wherein at least one of R1 or R2 is C1 alkyl or C3cycloalkyl, wherein the C1alkyl or the C3cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with halogens or MeO-, or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- to 5-membered alkylene-bridge optionally substituted with halogens incorporating 0 to 2 heteroatoms independently ed from the group ting of N, O or S; W is selected from the group W1 consisting of a mono- or ic aryl, mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, mono- or bicyclic heterocyclyl and mono- or bicyclic cycloalkyl. wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, and wherein the heteroaryl comprises up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two 5- or 6-membered ); R3 is independently selected from the group R3.1 consisting of C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, benzyl, halogen, HO-, NC-, monoor bicyclic heteroaryl, and 5- or 6-membered monocyclic cyclyl containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O or S(O)r , wherein the heteroaryl contains up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two - or 6-membered ring(s), and r is 0, 1 or 2, wherein the C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, benzyl, heteroaryl and the heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with halogens, HO-, acetyl, C1 alkyl-O-, oxo, R4-S(O)2-, with R4 being aryl, C3cycloalkyl and/or C1alkyl; Y is selected from the group Y1 consisting of a bond, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, and -CH2O-; or a salt of any of the above compounds.

Unless otherwise stated, the groups, residues, and substituents, particularly R1, R2, R3, R4, A, W and Y are defined as above and hereinafter. If residues, substituents, or groups occur several times in a compound they may have the same or different meanings. Some preferred meanings of groups and tuents of the nds according to the ion will be given after.

In a further embodiment of the present ion A is ed from the group A2 consisting of H or C1alkyl.

In a further embodiment of the present invention A is selected from the group A3 consisting of H or H3C-.

In a further embodiment of the present invention A is selected from the group A4 consisting of H.

R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group R1.1, R2.1 consisting of H and C1alkyl, wherein at least one of R1 or R2 is C1alkyl, or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- to 5-membered ne-bridge incorporating 0 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O or S; In a further embodiment of the t invention R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group R1.2 , R2.2 consisting of H and C1alkyl ally substituted with halogens, wherein at least one of R1 or R2 is ndently C1alkyl optionally substituted with halogens, or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- to 5-membered alkylene-bridge optionally substituted with halogens incorporating 0 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O or S.

In a further embodiment of the present invention R1 and R2 are ed from the group R1.3 and R2.3 consisting of C1alkyl or, wherein R1 and R2 together with the C atom, to which they are connected, form a 3-, 4-, 5- or 6- membered ring orating 0 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group ting of N, O and S.

In a further ment of the present invention R1 and R2 are selected from the group R1.4 and R2.4 consisting of H3C- or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- or 3-membered alkylene-bridge In a further embodiment of the present invention R1 and R2 are selected from the group R1.5 and R2.5 consisting of H3C-.

In a further ment of the present invention W is selected from the group W2 consisting of a mono- or bicyclic aryl, a mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl and a mono- or bicyclic heterocyclyl, wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, and wherein the heteroaryl comprises up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two - or 6-membered ring(s).

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is selected from the group W3 consisting of a monocyclic aryl, a monocyclic heteroaryl and a monocyclic cyclyl, wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, and n the heteroaryl comprises up to 4 heteroatoms and one 5- or 6-membered ring.

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is selected from the group W4 consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl and a ic heterocyclyl, wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, and wherein the heteroaryl comprises up to 4 heteroatoms and two 5- or 6-membered rings.

In a r embodiment of the present invention W is a selected from the group W5 consisting of N O N N N N N O H H O S N N N S N N N O O O S N S O S N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N H H N O N O O H O O O O N O O N O O O S O N N N N N N H H N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N S N N N N N N N N N N O N O O N O O N O N N N N N O N O O O H O O N N O N N N N O O N N O O N H H N N N N N N N N H H H N N N N N N N N N N S N N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N O N N N N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N HN N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is a selected from the group W6 consisting of N O N N N N N O O H + H H N N O S S N N N N O O O S N S O S N N N N N N N N N N N N N wherein each of these ring s are optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is a ed from the group W7 consisting of N N N N N H H N O O N O H O O O O N O O N O O O S O N N N N H N N H N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N S N N N N N N N N O N O O N O O N O N N N N N O N O O O O H O N N O N N N N O O N N O O N H H N N N N N N N N N N N H H H H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N O N N N N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N S N N N N N N H N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is ed from the group W8 consisting of N N S N N N N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is selected from the group W9 consisting of N N O H N N N N N N N N N H H H N N O N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally tuted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the t invention W is selected from the group W9a consisting of O N N N N N N N N N N H H N N N N N N N N O N N H H N N N N NH N N N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is selected from the group W10 consisting of N N N N N N O N N N N N N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is selected from the group W11 consisting of N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further ment of the present invention W is selected from the group W11a consisting of N N N N N N N N N H O N N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the present invention W is selected from the group W12 consisting of N N N N N N N N N N N N O n each of these ring systems is preferentially attached as indicated by a dotted line and optionally substituted with one or more R3.

In a further embodiment of the present invention R3 is independently selected from the group R3.2 consisting of C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, benzyl, halogen, HO-, and NC-, n the lkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, and the benzylsubstituents are optionally substituted with halogens and/or HO-; In a further embodiment of the present invention R3 is independently ed from the group R3.3 consisting of C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, halogen, NC-, wherein, in case R3 is connected to N-atoms of W, R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1alkyl and ycloalkyl, wherein the C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl and C1- 3-alkyl-O-substituents are optionally substituted with halogens.

In a further embodiment of the t invention R3 is independently selected from the group R3.4 consisting of H3C-, cyclopropyl, H3CO-, F-, Cl-, NC- and F3C-, n N-atoms of W are optionally substituted with groups selected from H3C- and cyclopropyl.

R3 is independently selected from the group R3.4a consisting of H3C-, cyclopropyl, H3CO-, F-, Cl-, NC- and F3C-, wherein, in case R3 is connected to N-atoms of W, R3 is H3C-.

In a further embodiment of the present invention R3 is ndently selected from the group R3.4b consisting of H3C-, F3C- and F-, wherein, in case R3 is connected to N-atoms of W, R3 is H3C-.

In a further embodiment of the present invention R3 is selected from the group R3.5 ting of H3C- and F3C-.

In a further embodiment of the present invention Y is selected from the group Y2 consisting of a bond, -CH2CH2-, and -CH2O-.

In a further embodiment of the present invention Y is selected from the group Y3 consisting of -CH2CH2- and -CH2O-.

In a r ment of the present invention Y is selected from the group Y3a consisting of a bond and -CH2O-.

In a further embodiment of the present invention Y is selected from the group Y4 consisting of a bond.

In a r embodiment of the present invention Y is selected from the group Y5 consisting of -CH2O-.

In a further embodiment, if W is a clic ring, at least one of R3 is ably attached at the ortho-position or ouring position with respect to the attachement point of W to Y.

In a further embodiment, if W is a bicyclic ring, Y is preferably selected from Y4.

In a further embodiment, if W is a monocyclic ring, Y is preferably selected from Y3, more preferably from Y5.

Also bed are to pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates or solvates, more specifically to pharmarceutically acceptable salts, hydrates or solvates for use as a medicament.

Also described are ceutical compositions containing at least one compound according to the specifications above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also described are comounds according to the specifications above for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by modulation of SSTR4, for example for the treatment of pain, e.g. of acute pain, neuropathic peripheral pain, chronic pain or osteoarthritis.

Also described is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the comounds according to the specifications above for use in the treatment or prevention of es or ions which can be influenced by modulation of SSTR4, for example for the treatment of pain, e.g. of acute pain, athic peripheral pain, chronic pain or osteoarthritis.

Also described is a pharmaceutical composition containing at least one nd according to the specifications above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by tion of SSTR4, for example for the treatment of pain, e.g. of acute pain, neuropathic peripheral pain, chronic pain or osteoarthritis.

Also described are compounds of general formula (II) H R1 O N Y H H PG (II) which are intermediates for the manufacture of compounds of general formula (I), wherein R1, R2, Y, W and R3 have the g as definded for general a (I), PG is a ting group for an amino function such as outlined in: Peter G.M. Wuts, Theodora W. Greene, Greene´s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley- Intercience; 4th edition (October 30, 2006), chapter 7.

Preferred protecting groups are tert-butoxycarbonyl-, benzyloxycarbonyl-, 9- nylmethoxycarbonyl-, benzyl- and 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl-, most red is tertbutoxycarbonyl.

Also described are compounds of general formula (III) H2N Y R2 (III) which are intermediates for the manufacture of compounds of general formula (I), wherein R1, R2, Y, W and R3 have the meaning as definded for general formula (I), Each R1.x, R2.x, R3.x, Ax, Wx, and Yx represents a characterized, individual embodiment for the corresponding substituent as described above. Thus given the above definitions, substituents R1, R2, R3, A,W, and Y are fully characterized by the term (R1.x, R2.x, R3.x, Ax, Wx, and Yx), wherein for each index x an individual figure is given that ranges from “1” to the t number given above. All individual embodiments described by the term in parentheses with full permutation of the indices x, referring to the definitions above, shall be comprised by the present are plated herein.

The following Table 1 shows, exemplarily and generally in the order of increasing preference from the first line to the last line, such embodiments E-1 to E- 53 as described herein that are considered preferred. This means that, for example, embodiments E-19 to E-28 are preferred over earlier entries, such as E-1 to E-7.

Table 1: Preferred embodiments E-1 to E- 53.

A W R1/R2 R3 Y E-1 A1 W2 R2.1a R3.1 Y1 E-2 A1 W2 R1.1a/R2.1a R3.2 Y1 E-3 A1 W1 R1.1a/R2.1a R3.1 Y1 E-4 A1 W5 R1.1a/R2.1a R3.1 Y1 E-5 A1 W5 R1.1/R2.1 R3.2 Y2 E-6 A2 W1 R1.2/R2.2 R3.1 Y1 E-7 A2 W1 2.2 R3.2 Y1 E-8 A3 W1 R1.3/R2.3 R3.2 Y2 E-9 A3 W2 R1.3/R2.3 R3.2 Y3 E-10 A3 W2 R1.3/R2.3 R3.2 Y3a E-11 A4 W2 R1.3/R2.3 R3.2 Y1 E-12 A3 W2 R1.4/R2.4 R3.3 Y1 E-13 A4 W2 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4 Y2 E-14 A4 W3 2.4 R3.4 Y3 E-15 A4 W4 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4a Y4 E-16 A4 W3 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4a Y5 E-17 A4 W5 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4 Y2 E-18 A4 W5 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4 Y3a E-19 A4 W5 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4 Y4 E-20 A4 W5 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4 Y5 E-21 A1 W6 R1.1a/R2.1a R3.1 Y3 E-22 A4 W6 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4 Y3 E-23 A1 W7 R1.1a/R2.1a R3.1 Y4 E-24 A4 W7 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4 Y4 E-25 A4 W6 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4 Y5 E-26 A4 W8 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4a Y3 E-27 A4 W9 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4a Y4 E-28 A4 W9a 2.4 R3.4a Y4 E-29 A4 W8 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4a Y5 E-30 A4 W10 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4a Y3 E-31 A4 W10 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4a Y4 E-32 A4 W10 R1.4/R2.4 R3.4a Y5 E-33 A4 W9a R1.5/R2.5 R3.4 Y4 E-34 A4 W8 2.5 R3.4b Y3 E-35 A4 W9 R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y4 E-36 A4 W8 R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y3 E-37 A4 W9 R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y4 E-38 A4 W9a R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y4 E-39 A4 W8 R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y5 E-40 A4 W8 R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y5 E-41 A4 W10 R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y4 E-42 A4 W10 R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y5 E-43 A4 W11 R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y3a E-44 A4 W11 R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y4 E-45 A4 W11 R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y5 E-46 A4 W11 R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y4 E-47 A4 W11 R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y5 E-48 A4 W11a R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y3a E-49 A4 W11a R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y4 E-50 A4 W11a R1.5/R2.5 R3.4b Y5 E-51 A4 W12 R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y3a E-52 A4 W12 R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y4 E-53 A4 W12 R1.5/R2.5 R3.5 Y5 the tautomers thereof, the stereoisomers thereof, the mixtures thereof, the salts thereof, the hydrates thereof and the solvates f.

Accordingly, for example E-28 covers nds of formula (I), n A is H, R1 and R2 are selected from the group consisting of H3C- or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- or 3-membered alkylene-bridge, W is selected from the group consisting of O N N N N N N N N N N H H N N N N N N N N O N N N H H N N N N NH N N N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H3C-, cyclopropyl, H3CO-, F-, Cl-, NC- and F3C-, wherein, in case R3 is connected to N-atoms of W, R3 is H3C-, Y is a bond.

Accordingly, for example E-29 covers compounds of formula (I), wherein A is H, R1 and R2 are selected from the group consisting of H3C- or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- or 3-membered alkylene-bridge, W is ed from the group consisting of N N S N N N N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H3C-, cyclopropyl, H3CO-, F-, Cl-, NC- and F3C-, wherein, in case R3 is connected to N-atoms of W, R3 is H3C-, Y is -CH2O-.

The present description preferrably s to the following nds: Comp. Structure O O N III H N I N HN H H I H H F F H H II N H H N N O H H N H H O H V N O N O H H H H F XIII N H N H H VII N Br H H O O N H XIV O H H VIII Cl N N H H H H H N H O N H O IX N XV H H H H N O X H XVI H N N H O H H O N H N H H N XI N Cl H O H H XVII O H H F H O O N H N H N F F H H XVIII XII H O F H H O H N H O F F N H N H H N H H N XX N N XXVII N S O H N H H N H N H XXI H O N XXVIII O H H O N H H N XXII N N F XXIX H H F H H N F O N H O N H H N H N XXIII N N XXX H H F F F N H H O N H F H N N XXIV N XXXI N F N N F H H H N H H N N H N O N N XXV N H XXXII O H H N H XXVI N H N H H N O N H H XXXIII N H H O N H N O XXXIV H N XL H N H H H N N H O N XLI H XXXV N H O H H H H O H N O H H N O XLII H Cl H N F XXXVI H O F N N H O H N XLIII N H N H O XXXVII H O H H O N O O H H I N XLIV H O N N H O H O N H N O XLV N N N H H XXXIX H N H O O H N N H N H N LII H O XLVI N H F N H H H H N N N H H H O O LIII XLVII H N N H O N H O H N H N H N N H O H XLVIII LIV H O H H N H N H N O XLIX H N N N LV H H H O H H O L H N N H N H N N H N H H O O LVI N H O H N LI N H O O H N H N LVII H O O N H O N H H O N LVIII F LXIV H H F F H N O N O H O N LIX O H H LXV H H O N H O N O N O N LX H H N N LXVI H H O N O O H N N H N LXI H H LXVII H O N N H N H N O N O O N H N LXII H H LXVIII N H O H N N H O H N O H N H N LXIII H O LXIX H F N F N H F N LXX H N O N LXXV O NH N H H LXXI H H O F O NH N LXXVI H H H O H N O LXXII H N LXXVII H N O N H H LXXIII HN O H H H N F O I N H H O NH N LXXIV N H H H N N O LXXIX N H H N N LXXX O N LXXXV HN O H H H H N N N S O LXXXI N H H LXXXVI HN O H H H HN O LXXXII N H H I HN O H H N H LXXXIII HN O H H N LXXXVIII HN O H H N N LXXXIV HN O N O N H H LXXXIX H H N N XC HN O XCV HN O H H H H N N H H F N O N XCI N H XCVI HN O H H H H H N N N XCII HN O N XCVII HN O H H H H H N H O H N XCIII N N N N XCVIII HN O H H N N N H XCIV H H H O N N XCIX HN O H H N N C HN O CV HN O H H H H N N H H H O H O H N H H N CI CVI H O N Cl H O H N H N CII N CVII HN O H H F F H O H N CIII N N O N CVIII HN O H H H O HN N H N H CIV N O H O CVIV H N N F H O H N N CX H N CXVII HN O F F F H H N N CXI HN O O CXX N H N H H O N H N H H N CXXI CXII N H F H H N F F O N N H CXXII H N F CXIII N F H F H H N CXXIII H N N H CXIV HN O H H H N F N N F H N F N CXXIV H CXXX H N N N H N CXXV O H N N CXXXI H N H H H H N O N CXXXII N CXXVI H H N H H F N N O F O F H N CXXVII N I H H N H H H H H N CXXVIII N CXXXIV H N H N N H F O N F H N O CXXXV N N H CXXVIV H N F N H N N N H N H CXXXVI O N CXLI H F N H H O N N O N I H H H N N H CXLII N H H H N N N Cl O N H O N CXXXVIII N H H CXLIII H H H N F F N N H N O N O N CXXXVIV CXLIV H H H N H N N O H O O N N H CXL H N H H CXLV N H O N CXLVI H H H N N O N H N O N CXLVII CLIII H H H H H N N N N N H H O N F O N I CLIV H H H H N H H O O N F N CXLVIV N CLV H N H O N H N N H H O N N O N Cl CL CLVI H H H H N N H H F N N N H O NH O N F CLI CLVII H H H H N N H H N N H H O N O N O F N N CLII H H F CLVIII H H N N H H H O H Cl N N N H N N CLVIV HN H N CLXVIV H H H N N CLX H HN N H N N CLXX O H H N N O N CLXI N H H NH N CLXXI H H H N N O N CLXII H H N CLXXII N H H N H NH CLXVII H N I N H H H NH O N H N CLXVIII H N O N N H CLXXVI HN O CLXXXII N H H H H N H N N H N O N CLXXVII H H H H N H O O N N CLXXXIV CLXXVIII H H H NH O N O N CLXXXI H TERMS AND DEFINITIONS USED General definitions: Terms not specifically defined herein should be given the meanings that would be given to them by one of skill in the art in light of the disclosure and the context. As used in the specification, however, unless specified to the contrary, the following terms have the meaning indicated and the following conventions are adhered to.

In the groups, radicals, or moieties defined below, the number of carbon atoms is often specified preceding the group, for example C1alkyl means an alkyl group or radical having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In general, for groups comprising two or more subgroups, the last named subgroup is the l attachment point, for example, the substituent "aryl-C1alkyl-" means an aryl group which is bound to a C1alkyl group, the latter of which is bound to the core or to the group to which the substituent is attached.

The number of substituents R3 of W is preferably from 0 to 3, more ably from 0 to 2, most preferably 1 or 2.

For the instances where Y is -CH2O- this to be reted such that the oxygen atom of -CH2O- is connected to W.

Stereochemistry/solvates/hydrates: Unless specifically indicated, throughout the specification and the ed claims, a given chemical formula or name shall encompass tautomers and all stereo, optical and geometrical isomers (e.g. enantiomers, diastereomers, E/Z isomers etc…) and racemates thereof as well as es in different proportions of the separate omers, mixtures of diastereomers, or mixtures of any of the ing forms where such isomers and omers exist, as well as salts, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and solvates thereof such as for instance hydrates including solvates of the free nds or solvates of a salt of the compound.

The prefix “meso” indicates the presence of a symmetry element of the second kind (mirror plane, centre of inversion, rotation-reflection axis) in a chemical species.

Salts: The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, and commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.

As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of ceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as ; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. For e, such salts include salts from ammonia, L-arginine, betaine, benethamine, benzathine, calcium hydroxide, choline, deanol, diethanolamine (2,2’- is(ethanol)), diethylamine, thylamino)-ethanol, 2-aminoethanol, ethylenediamine, l-glucamine, hydrabamine, 1H-imidazole, lysine, magnesium hydroxide, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-morpholine, piperazine, potassium hydroxide, 1-(2- hydroxyethyl)-pyrrolidine, sodium hydroxide, triethanolamine (2,2’,2“- nitrilotris(ethanol)), tromethamine, zinc hydroxide, acetic acid, chloro-acetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 4-acetamido-benzoic acid, (+)-camphoric acid, (+)-camphorsulfonic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, decanoic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, -1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, oheptonic acid, onic acid, D- glucuronic acid, ic acid, glutaric acid, 2-oxo-glutaric acid, glycerophosphoric acid, glycine, glycolic acid, hexanoic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, isobutyric acid, DL-lactic acid, ionic acid, lauric acid, lysine, maleic acid, (-)-L-malic acid, malonic acid, DL-mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, galactaric acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, 1- hydroxynaphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, nitric acid, octanoic acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid (embonic acid), oric acid, propionic acid, pyroglutamic acid, salicylic acid, 4-amino-salicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, ic acid, tannic acid, (+)-L-tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and undecylenic acid. Further ceutically acceptable salts can be formed with cations from metals like aluminium, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like (also see Pharmaceutical salts, Berge, S.M. et al., J. Pharm. Sci., (1977), 66, 1-19).

The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which ns a basic or acidic moiety by tional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a sufficient amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic diluent like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile, or a mixture thereof.

Salts of other acids than those mentioned above which for example are useful for purifying or isolating the compounds of the present invention (e.g. trifluoro acetate salts) also comprise a part of the ion.

Halogen: The term “halogen” generally denotes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.

Alkyl: The term alkyl”, wherein n is an integer from 2 to n, either alone or in combination with another radical denotes an acyclic, saturated, branched or linear hydrocarbon l with 1 to n C atoms. For example the term C1alkyl embraces the radicals H3C-, H3C-CH2-, H3C-CH2-CH2-, H3C-CH(CH3)-, H3C-CH2-CH2-CH2-, H3C-CH2-CH(CH3)-, H3C-CH(CH3)-CH2-, H3C-C(CH3)2-, H3C-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2-, H3C-CH2-CH2-CH(CH3)-, H3C-CH2-CH(CH3)-CH2-, H3C-CH(CH3)-CH2-CH2-, -C (CH3)2-, H3C-C(CH3)2-CH2-, H3C-CH(CH3)-CH(CH3)- and H3C-CH2- CH(CH2CH3)-.

Alkylene: The term "C1-n-alkylene" wherein n is an integer 2 to n, either alone or in combination with r radical, denotes an acyclic, straight or branched chain divalent alkyl radical containing from 1 to n carbon atoms. For e the term C1alkylene includes -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, -C(CH3)2-, -CH(CH2CH3)-, - )-CH2-, -CH2-CH(CH3)-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH(CH3)-, -CH(CH3)- CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH(CH3)-CH2-, -CH2-C(CH3)2-, -C(CH3)2-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-CH(CH3)-, -CH2-CH(CH2CH3)-, -CH(CH2CH3)-CH2-, -CH(CH2CH2CH3)- , -CH(CH(CH3))2- and )(CH2CH3)-.

Alkenyl: The term “C2-n-alkenyl” is used for a group as defined in the definition for "C1-n-alkyl" with at least two carbon atoms, if at least two of those carbon atoms of said group are bonded to each other by a double bond.

Alkynyl: The term “C2-n-alkynyl” is used for a group as defined in the definition for "C1-n-alkyl" with at least two carbon atoms, if at least two of those carbon atoms of said group are bonded to each other by a triple bond.

Cycloalkyl: The term cycloalkyl” wherein n is an integer from 4 to n, either alone or in combination with another radical denotes a cyclic, ted, unbranched arbon radical with 3 to n C atoms. For example the term C3cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl. cyclyl: The term "heterocyclyl" means a saturated or unsaturated mono- or polycyclic-ring systems including aromatic ring system containing one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S(O)r ,wherein r=0, 1 or 2, consisting of 5 to 11 ring atoms wherein none of the heteroatoms is part of the aromatic ring. The term “heterocycle” is intended to include all the possible isomeric forms.

Thus, the term “heterocyclyl” includes the following ary structures which are not depicted as radicals as each form may be attached through a covalent bond to any atom so long as appropriate valences are maintained: H O O N S S S O H O N S O O S S H H H N H N O N N N S S O N H O H O O O O O S O S S O S S S O S O O O O H O H H N O O O S N N S S S S O O H H H O S O O N N N O S S S S N O S O O S H O O O H S O O O N S O S O S H O S O O N S O S N H N H N O O H N H H O O O O O S S S S S S O O O O O H H N N O O S S S S O O O O N N H N H S S N N N N NH NH N N H H N O N N O O N N N N N S S N N S S S S H O O O N N O O O N O S O S O S O S S S O O O O O O H H H H O O O N N N N N N O H H H H H N N N N N N N N N H H H H H N O N N N O N NH N H N N H N H H O S S S O O O O O NH S O S S S O N O H O S O S S S O O O H H H H H O N N N N N O O N O S S S O H O O O O O H O O S S N S S S S S O O N O O O H H H H H O N N N N O O O S S S O S O O O O O O S H H O S N N S S S O O O O O H O O N N O O O Aryl: The term “aryl” as used herein, either alone or in combination with another radical, denotes a carbocyclic ic group containing 6 carbon atoms which may be further fused to a second 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic group which may be aromatic, saturated or unsaturated. Aryl includes, but is not d to, phenyl, indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl and onaphthyl.

Heteroaryl: The term "heteroaryl" means a mono- or bicyclic-ring systems containing one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S(O)r, wherein r=0, 1 or 2, consisting of 5 to 10 ring atoms, wherein at least one of the heteroatoms is part of an aromatic ring. The term “heteroaryl” is intended to include all the possible isomeric forms. Preferred aryls for use in the t invention comprise up to 4 heteroatoms and at least one 5- or 6-membered ring, more preferably at least one 6-memberd ring.

Thus, the term “heteroaryl” includes the following exemplary structures which are not depicted as radicals as each form may be attached h a covalent bond to any atom so long as appropriate valences are maintained: O O H H H N O S S S S N N N N H H O O O O S N N N N N N N N N N N N N O O S S N S S N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N + N N N N N N N N N N N S H O S S O O N N N N N N O S N O H H N N N N N N O S S N H N N N N N N N N N H H N N N H H H N N N N NH N N N N N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N H N O N O N O O O O N O N N NH N H N N N N N NH N NH NH N N H H S N N N S O O N O N N N N N N O N N N N N H H H H N N N O N N N O N O N O O N O H N N N N N N O O O N O H O N N O N O O O N O N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N HN N Many of the terms given above may be used repeatedly in the definition of a formula or group and in each case have one of the gs given above, independently of one another.

METHODS OF PREPARATION The compounds according to the invention may be obtained using methods of synthesis known in principle. Preferably, the compounds are obtained by the following methods which are described in more detail hereinafter.

The following schemes shall illustrate generally how to manufacture the compounds according to general formula (I) and the ponding intermediate nds by way of example. The abbreviated substituents may be as defined above if not defined otherwise within the context of the schemes. For a list of abbreviations, see below.

Scheme 1 2 OH R1 O W S HO R1 O N R1 2 O O2N W O H N W R2 O 2 O R2 R2 O O O OH H R1 H R1 O N W O N W O O R2 H H H H H O O In scheme 1, Hal = halogen.

Scheme 1: In a first step a tive of toluenesulfonic acid 2-nitro-ethyl ester is d with an alcohol in the presence of an appropriate base such as Cesium carbonate in an appropriate solvent such as N,N-dimethylacetamide at elevated temperatures. The nitro group of the resulting product is converted in the corresponding primary amine by hydrogenation in the ce of an appropriate catalyst such as Raney Nickel in an appropriate solvent such as methanol or by treatment with Zinc in an appropriate solvent such as ol in the presence of HCl or or by treatment with Tin (II) chloride in an appropriate t such as ethanol at elevated temperatures. Alternatively, the amino ether is prepared reacting an amino alcohol with an halide in the presence of an appropriate base such as sodium hydride in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane. The amino ether is coupled with meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (commercially available from ABCR or WuXi AppTec, 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.24 (t, J = 3.2, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.97 (t, J = 2.5 Hz ,2H), 3.34 (d, 2H), 3.48 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 2H), 12.21 (br, 1H)) in an appropriate solvent such as DMF and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g. TEA or .

The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an riate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in riate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 2 H R1 H R1 O OH R1 O N H2 OH O N W N H OH O R1 R2 W R2 R2 O N W Hal O H H H H H H R2 N N H H O O O O N O O In scheme 2, Hal = halogen.

Scheme 2: In a first step an amino l is coupled with meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tertbutoxycarbonyl )azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate solvent such as DMF and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU) and a base (e.g. DIPEA). The resulting alcohol is reacted with an halide in the presence of an appropriate base such as sodium e in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane. The Boc ting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as e, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in riate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 3 Hal W Y Y Y HO C 2 W H NOC H N Y 2 W NC W 2 W PG N H R1 H R1 O N Y O N Y W W R2 H H H H N PG H In scheme 3, Hal = halogen, PG = protecting group for an amino function such as outlined in: Peter G.M. Wuts, Theodora W. Greene, Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley-Interscience; 4 edition (October 30, 2006).

Preferred protecting groups are tert-butoxycarbonyl- and benzyloxycarbonyl-.

Scheme 3: In a first step a carboxylic acid is d with ammonium hydroxide in the presence of 1,1’-carbonyldiimidazole in an appropriate solvent such as THF. The y amide functional group is converted into a nitrile functional group using Burgess reagent in an appropriate solvent such as DCM or using trifluoroacetic anhydride and pyridine in an riate solvent such as DCM. Alternatively, a halogen-substituted derivative is converted into a nitrile upon treatment with Zinc cyanide in the presence of a Palladium source (e.g. tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) or 1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino) ferrocenedichloro palladium(II)), a phosphine (e.g. 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene), optionally Zinc, in appropriate solvents such as DMF or N,N-dimethyl-acetamide at elevated temperatures. Nitriles are reacted with Cerium (III) chloride and alkyllithiums (see J. Org. Chem. 1992, 57, 4521 - 452) in an appropriate solvent such as THF or alternatively with Grignard reagents in an appropriate solvent such as toluene at elevated temperatures. The resulting amine is coupled with protected 1R,5S,6r)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (meso-(1R,5S,6r)(benzyloxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid is commercially available from Matrix Scientific) in an appropriate t such as DCM or DMF and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g. TEA or DIPEA). In case W is substituted with R3 = halogen, such group can be substituted upon treatment with a stannane or a boronic acid or a trifluoroborate or a boroxine in the ce of a Palladium source (e.g 1,1'- Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride dichloromethane complex), in appropriate ts such as DMF at elevated temperatures.

The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in riate solvent such as rometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol. Alternatively, Boc removal is accomplished by ent with a silylating agent (e.g. tert-butyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate) in the presence of a base (e.g. tidine) in appropriate solvents such as DCM followed by on with a fluoride source (e.g. tetrabutylammonium fluoride) in appropriate solvents such as THF. The benzyloxycarbonyl- protecting group is removed by hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. palladium on carbon) in appropriate ts such as MeOH and water.

Partial saturation of W is achieved by hydrogenation in the presence of a metal st (e.g. platinum(IV) oxide hydrate) in an appropriate solvent such as acetic acid.

Scheme 4 R1 H R1 Y Y HO C H O Y 2 W MeO C 2 W W O N Y O OH H or Cl H H H H R1 H R1 O N Y W N O N Y R2 W O O R2 H H H H N H N Y 2 W N O O Scheme 4: In a first step a carboxylic acid is esterified with trimethylsilyldiazomethane in appropriate solvents such as DCM and MeOH. The ester is reacted with an appropriate organometallic t such as a Grignard reagent in an appropriate solvent such as THF to afford an alcohol, which in turn is treated with acetonitrile or chloroacetonitrile in appropriate acids such as sulfuric acid,acetic acid or oroacetic acid. Acetamide cleavage is carried out in the presence of a base (e.g. Potassium hydroxide) in appropriate solvents such as 1,2 methoxyethanol and ethylene glycol or in concentrated aqueous acid (e.g. 6M HCl).

The resulting amine is coupled with meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate solvent such as DCM or DMF and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g.

TEA or DIPEA). The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate t such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate t such as rometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in riate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 5 H R1 H R1 O N Y Hal H R1 W O N Y R3 R2 W O N Y R3 R2 W H H R2 H H H H O O O O H In scheme 5, Hal = halogen, R3 = substituent as defined for W.

Scheme 5: A halogen-substituted derivative is functionalised with R3 upon treatment with a boronic acid or a trifluoroborate in the presence of a Palladium source (e.g. tetrakis (triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) or palladium (II) acetate and tricyclohexylphosphine), a base (e.g. potassium carbonate or tri potassium posphate) in riate solvents such as 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene and water at ed temperatures. atively, the halogen-substituted tive is hydrogenated in the presence of a Palladium in an appropriate solvent such as EtOH. The Boc ting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 6 H R1 W H R1 W O N Hal O N O R2 O R2 O OH H R1 O N W H H H R1 R2 N O N W H H O O R2 H N R1 H H N W O O N R2 In scheme 6, Hal = halogen Scheme 6: In a first step a tive of propynyl-carbamic acid benzyl ester is substituted upon treatment with an halide in the presence of a Copper source (e.g.

Copper (I) iodide), a Palladium source (e.g. dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(II)) and a base (e.g. triethylamine) in an appropriate solvent such as itrile. The resulting product is hydrogenated in the presence of Palladium in an appropriate solvent such as MeOH. The resulting amine is coupled with meso- ,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate solvent such as DMF and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g. TEA or DIPEA). The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane.

Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate ts such as water and methanol.

Scheme 7 N H R1 2 E N Y O H R1 E E PG N Y E R2 PG CO H H O OH H R1 R3 N Y H H PG N E H R1 R2 N E E O N Y N E R2 N E O O H H E E R1 R3 N N H N Y O O R2 N E H R1 R3 N E E O N Y E R2 N E H H E E In scheme 7, R3 = substituent as defined for W; E = C or N, independently; PG = protecting group for an amino function such as outlined in: Peter G.M. Wuts, Theodora W. Greene, Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley- Interscience; 4 edition (October 30, 2006).

Preferred ting groups are tert-butoxycarbonyl-, benzyloxycarbonyl- and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl-.

Scheme 7: In a first step a carboxylic acid is coupled with 2-(aminomethyl)- substituted heterocycle in an appropriate solvent such as THF or DCM and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. TBTU or HATU) and a base (e.g. TEA).

Condensation is achieved using Burgess reagent in an appropriate solvent such as DCM or using phosphorus oride and DMF at elevated temperatures. The toxycarbonyl- ting group is removed with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as ethyl ether while the benzyloxycarbonyl- is removed by hydrogenation in the presence of a st (e.g. palladium on carbon) in appropriate solvents such as MeOH and water. The resulting amine is coupled with meso- (1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate solvent such as THF or DCM and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU) and a base (e.g. TEA). The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate t such as dichlorometane.

Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated atures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 8 N N N NH N N N If W = N * O R1 W W HO W R1 R2 LG W O OH R2 N W H 3 R1 H H O N W H R1 O N W R2 R2 H H O O H H N R1 H2N W N O O R2 In scheme 8, Hal = halogen; LG = sulfonic ester or halogen Scheme 8: In a first step a ketone is ed by coupling of a halide with an appropriate tin reagent (e.g. tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)tin) in the presence of a palladium source (e.g. tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)) in an appropriate solvent such as toluene at high temperatures followed by acidic treatment (e.g. aqueous HCl in THF). Alternatively, a ketone is synthesised from an amine by treatment with N.N- ylformamide dimethyl acetal in an appropriate solvent such as toluene at elevated temperatures followed by reaction with chloroacetone and sodium iodide in an appropriate solvent such as DMF at elevated temperatures. The resulting ketone is reacted with an appropriate organometallic reagent such as a Grignard reagent in an appropriate solvent such as THF to afford an alcohol, which in turn is treated with sodium azide in an appropriate acid such as TFA. Alternatively, the alcohol is converted to a leaving group, such as a ic ester by treatment with a sulfonyl chloride (e.g. methanesulfonyl chloride), a base (e.g. ylamine) in an appropriate solvent such as THF. The leaving group is displaced with Sodium azide in DMF to afford an azide. Azide reduction is d out by hydrogenation in the presence of palladium in an appropriate solvent such as EtOAc. The resulting amine is coupled with meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an riate solvent such as THF or DMF or DCM and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g. TEA or DIPEA). The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane. atively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated atures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 9 HO2C Y MeO C Y 2 W MeO2C Y W W O OH H R1 R1 H R1 H H H O N Y N Y O N Y W PG W W R2 N R2 H H H H O O N R1 N HO2C Y H N Y 2 W H O O W R2 In scheme 9, PG = protecting group for an amino function such as outlined in: Peter G.M. Wuts, Theodora W. Greene, Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley-Interscience; 4 edition (October 30, 2006).

Preferred protecting group is 4-methoxy-benzyloxycarbonyl-.

Scheme 9: In a first step a carboxylic is converted into the corresponding ester (e.g. with trimethylsilyldiazomethane in DCM/MeOH). The ester is bis-alkylated by ent with a base (e.g. Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide) in an appropriate solvent such as THF followed by treatment with with alkyalating agent(s) (e.g. iodomethane).

The bis-alkylated ester is hydrolysed to the ylic acid with a base (e.g. lithium hydroxyde) in riate solvent such as THF and water. The ylic acid is treated with diphenylphosphoryl azide and a base (e.g. TEA) in an appropriate solvent such as toluene at high temperatures followed by acidic treatment (e.g. 4M s HCl). Alternatively, the carboxylic acid is treated with diphenylphosphoryl azide, a base (e.g. TEA) and an alcohol (e.g. oxybenzyl alcohol) in an appropriate solvent such as toluene at high temperatures. The 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl protecting group is deprotected with TFA in an appropriate solvent such as DCM. The amine is coupled with meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate t such as DCM or DMF and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g.

TEA or DIPEA). The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate t such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 10 H R1 H R1 O N Y O N Y W W R2 A Hal R2 H H H H N aldehyde/ketone N H NaBH(OAc)3 A In scheme 10, Hal = halogen.

Scheme 10: A secondary amine is coupled with an halide in the presence of an riate base such as triethylamine in an appropriate solvent such as DMF.

Alternatively, a reductive amination is carried out by reaction with an appropriate aldehyde or , a reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride and acetic acid in an appropriate solvent such as DMF.

Scheme 11 HO C 2 W Y Y Y PG H2N Y PG H NOC NC W NC W 2 W W O O O OH H R1 H R1 H R1 O N Y R3 O N Y PG W W O N Y R3 R2 R2 R2 H H H H H H N N O O O O In scheme 11, PG = protecting group for a heteroaryl or heterocyclyl Nitrogen such as ed in: Peter G.M. Wuts, Theodora W. Greene, Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Interscience; 4 edition (October 30, 2006).

Preferred protecting group is trimethylsilylethoxymethyl -, R3 = substituent as defined for W.

Scheme 11: in a first step a carboxylic acid is coupled with ammonium hydroxide in the presence of 1,1’-carbonyldiimidazole in an appropriate solvent such as THF. The primary amide functional group is converted into a e functional group using Burgess reagent in an appropriate solvent such as DCM. The trimethylsilylethoxymethyl- protecting group is installed by reaction with 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride, a base (e.g. Sodium hydride) in an appropriate solvent such as DMF. ted nitriles compounds are reacted with Cerium (III) chloride and alkyllithiums (see J. Org. Chem. 1992, 57, 4521 - 452) in an appropriate solvent such as THF or alternatively with Grignard reagents in an appropriate solvent such as toluene at elevated atures. The resulting amine is coupled with meso- (1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate solvent such as DCM or DMF and in the presence of a ng agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g. TEA or DIPEA). The trimethylsilylethoxymethyl- protecting group is removed with tetrabutylammonium fluoride and ethylenediamine. An R3 other than H is uced by treatment with a halide in the presence of a base (e.g. cesium carbonate) in appropriate solvents such as DMF or N,N-dimethyl-acetamide. The Boc ting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane.

Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at ed temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 12 H R1 H R1 O Hal H R1 O N O N O O O N R2 R2 R2 H H H H H H N N N O O O O O O N O N Hal Hal H R1 H R1 H R1 O O N O N O N NH2OH R2 R2 R2 H H H H H H N N N O O O O O O NH2NHR3 R3 R3 H R1 N N N N N H R1 H R1 N O N O N O N R2 R2 H H + H H H H N N H O O O O N N H R1 O N H H In scheme 12, Hal = halogen; R3 = substituent as defined for W.

Scheme 12: in a first step an alcohol is ed to the aldehyde with Dess–Martin inane in DCM. The aldehyde is reacted with an ortho-metallated halide in an appropriate solvent such as THF at low temperatures to afford an alcohol, which in turn is oxidized to the ketone with Dess–Martin periodinane in DCM. The ketone is converted to the oxime upon treatment with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in an appropriate solvent such as pyridine. Reaction with a base (e.g. potassium tert- butoxide) in an appropriate solvent such as THF gives rise to a benzoisoxazole optionally substituted with one or more R3. In case R3 = n, such group can be substituted upon treatment with a stannane or a boronic acid or a trifluoroborate in the ce of a Palladium source (e.g. tetrakis (triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)), in riate solvents such as DCM or DMF at elevated temperatures.

The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and ol.

Alternatively, the ketone is converted to the 1H-indazole optionally substituted with one or more R3 upon treatment with optionally substituted hydrazine in an appropriate t such as ethanol at high temperatures. 2H-Indazole optionally substituted with one or more R3 is obtained upon treatment with optionally substituted hydrazine, a base (e.g. potassium carbonate) and catalytic s of copper (II) oxide. In case R3 = halogen, such group can be substituted upon treatment with a stannane or a boronic acid or a oroborate in the presence of a Palladium source (e.g. Palladium(II) acetate), a phosphine (e.g. X-Phos), a base (e.g. potassium carbonate) in appropriate solvents such as cyclopentyl methyl ether and water at ed temperatures.

The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 13 W HO W N W H N W Hal R1 R1 R1 O OH H H H N O N W H O O O N W R1 H H H H N N O O In scheme 13, Hal = halogen.

Scheme 13: In a first step a ketone is obtained by ng of a halide with an riate tin reagent (e.g. tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)tin) in the presence of a palladium source (e.g. tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)) in an appropriate solvent such as toluene at high temperatures optionally followed by acidic treatment (e.g. aqueous HCl in THF). The ketone is converted to the oxime upon treatment with hydroxylamine hydrochloride and a base (e.g. TEA) in an riate solvent such as EtOH at elevated temperatures. The oxime is converted in the corresponding primary amine by hydrogenation in the presence of an appropriate catalyst such as Raney Nickel and of ammonium hydroxide in an appropriate solvent such as EtOH. The resulting amine is coupled with meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) yclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate solvent such as DCM or DMF and in the presence of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g.

TEA or DIPEA). The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with oroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 14 H R1 Hal H R1 Hal H R1 O H R1 O N N PG N O N PG O PG PG R2 R2 R2 R2 O OH H H NH2NHR3 R3 N N N R3 R3 H R1 O O N N N O N H R1 H R1 N R2 N N H PG H H R2 R2 O O N H R1 N O N H H In scheme 14, PG = protecting group for an amino function such as outlined in: Peter G.M. Wuts, Theodora W. Greene, Greene’s tive Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley-Interscience; 4 edition (October 30, 2006). Preferred protecting group is tertbutoxycarbonyl-.

Hal = halogen; R3 = substituent as defined for W.

Scheme 14: in a first step an l is ed to the aldehyde with Dess–Martin periodinane in DCM. The aldehyde is reacted with an ortho-metallated halide in an appropriate solvent such as THF at low temperatures to afford an alcohol, which in turn is oxidized to the ketone with Dess–Martin inane in DCM. The ketone is converted to the 1H-indazole optionally substituted with one or more R3 upon treatment with optionally substituted hydrazine in an riate solvent such as ethanol at high temperatures. In case R3 = halogen, such group can be substituted upon treatment with a stannane or a boronic acid or a oroborate in the presence of a Palladium source (e.g. 1,1'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenepalladium (II)dichloride dichloromethane complex), a base (e.g. potassium carbonate) in appropriate solvents such as DMF at elevated temperatures. When the resulting product is Boc-protected, ection is accomplished with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol. The resulting amine is coupled with meso-(1R,5S,6r) (tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate solvent such as DCM or DMF and in the presence of a ng agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g. TEA or DIPEA). The Boc protecting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate solvent such as dichlorometane.

Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon g at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol.

Scheme 15 O O R3 R3 H R1 H R1 HN HN H R1 OH H R1 O N N PG N OH N PG O PG PG R2 R2 R2 R2 O OH H H NH4Cl N R3 H R1 N N O O H R1 N N O N H R1 N N R2 H N R2 PG H H R2 O O H R1 N N O N H H In scheme 15, PG = protecting group for an amino function such as outlined in: Peter G.M. Wuts, Theodora W. Greene, Greene’s tive Groups in c Synthesis, Wiley-Interscience; 4 n (October 30, 2006).

Preferred protecting group is tert-butoxycarbonyl-.

R3 = substituent as defined for W.

Scheme 15: in a first step an l is oxidized to the aldehyde with Dess–Martin periodinane in DCM. The aldehyde is reacted with an ortho-metallated acetanilide ed from a corresponding 2-halo acetanilide by halogen-metal exchange in an appropriate solvent such as THF at low temperatures to afford an alcohol, which in turn is oxidized to the ketone with Dess–Martin periodinane in DCM. The ketone is converted to the quinazoline optionally substituted with one or more R3 upon treatment with ammonia and ammonium chloride in an riate solvent such as methanol at high temperatures. When the resulting product is Boc-protected, deprotection is accomplished with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether. Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate solvents such as water and methanol. The resulting amine is coupled with meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tertbutoxycarbonyl )azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid in an appropriate solvent such as DCM or DMF and in the ce of a coupling agent (e.g. HATU or TBTU) and a base (e.g. TEA or DIPEA). The Boc ting group is deprotected with hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent such as dioxane, methanol or ethyl ether or with trifluoroacetic acid in appropriate t such as dichlorometane.

Alternatively, Boc cleavage is carried out upon heating at elevated temperatures in appropriate ts such as water and methanol.

METHOD OF TREATMENT Indications Also described is the use of a compound of formula (I) for the treatment and/or tion of a disease or medical condition.

Also described are compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, which are useful in the prevention and/or treatment of a disease and/or condition in which the activation of SSTR4 receptors is of therapeutic benefit, including improvement of symptoms, including but not limited to the treatment and/or prevention of pain of any kind and/or inflammatory diseases and/or associated ions.

Another ment asses the nds of the above-mentioned general formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, according to the invention for use as medicaments.

In view of their pharmacological effect the substances are suitable for the treatment (1) acute pain such as for example toothache, peri- and post-operative pain, traumatic pain, muscle pain, the pain caused by burns, sunburn, trigeminal neuralgia, pain caused by colic, as well as spasms of the gastro-intestinal tract or uterus; sprains (2) visceral pain such as for example chronic pelvic pain, gynaecological pain, pain before and during uation, pain caused by pancreatitis, peptic , interstitial cystitis, renal colic, cholecystitis, titis, angina pectoris, pain caused by irritable bowel, non-ulcerative dyspepsia and tis, prostatitis, non-cardiac thoracic pain and pain caused by myocardial ischaemia and cardiac infarct; (3) neuropathic pain such as acral radiculopathy, low back pain, hip pain, leg pain, non-herpetic neuralgia, post herpetic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, nerve injury-induced pain, acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) related neuropathic pain, head trauma, toxin and chemotherapy caused nerve injuries, phantom limb pain, multiple sclerosis, root avulsions, painful traumatic mononeuropathy, painful polyneuropathy, thalamic pain syndrome, post-stroke pain, central nervous system injury, post surgical pain, carpal tunnel syndrome, trigeminal neuralgia, post mastectomy syndrome, postthoracotomy syndrome, stump pain, repetitive motion pain, neuropathic pain associated hyperalgesia and allodynia, alcoholism and other drug-induced pain; (4) inflammatory pain / receptor-mediated pain in tion with diseases such as for example osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory pathy, rheumatic fever, tendo-synovitis, bursitis, tendonitis, gout and gout-arthritis, traumatic arthritis, vulvodynia, damage to and diseases of the muscles and fascia, juvenile tis, spondylitis, psoriasis-arthritis, myositides, dental disease, nza and other viral infections such as colds, systemic lupus erythematodes or pain caused by burns; (5) tumour pain associated with cancers such as for example lymphatic or myeloid mia, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, lymphogranulomatosis, lymphosarcomas, solid malignant tumours and extensive metastases; (6) headache diseases of various s, such as for example cluster headaches, migraine (with or without aura) and tension headaches; (7) sympathetically maintained pain like complex regional pain syndrome Type I and II; (8) painful conditions of mixed , such as for e chronic back pain ing lumbago, or fibromyalgia, sciatica, endometriosis, kidney stones.

The nds are also suitable for treating (9) inflammatory and/or oedematous diseases of the skin and mucous membranes, such as for example allergic and non-allergic dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, sis, burns, sunburn, bacterial inflammations, irritations and inflammations triggered by al or natural substances (plants, insects, insect bites), itching; inflammation of the gums, oedema ing trauma caused by burns, angiooedema or uveitis; (10) Vascular and heart diseases which are inflammation-related like artheriosclerosis including cardiac transplant atherosclerosis, panarteritis nodosa, teritis nodosa, arteritis temporalis, Wegner granulomatosis, giant cell arthritis, reperfusion injury and erythema nodosum, thrombosis (e.g. deep vein thrombosis, renal, hepathic, portal vein thrombosis); coronary artery disease, aneurysm, vascular rejection, myocardial infarction, embolism, , thrombosis including venous thrombosis, angina including unstable angina, coronary plaque inflammation, ial-induced inflammation including Chlamydia-induced inflammation, viral induced inflammation, and inflammation associated with surgical procedures such as vascular grafting including coronary artery bypass y, ularization procedures including angioplasty, stent placement, endarterectomy, or other invasive procedures involving arteries, veins and capillaries, artery restenosis; (11) inflammatory changes connected with diseases of the airways and lungs such as bronchial asthma, including allergic asthma (atopic and non-atopic) as well as bronchospasm on exertion, occupationally d asthma, viral or bacterial exacerbation of an existing asthma and other non-allergically induced asthmatic diseases; chronic bronchitis and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) including pulmonary emphysema, viral or bacterial exacerbation of chronic itis or chronic obstructive bronchitis, acute adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), bronchitis, lung inflammation, allergic rhinitis (seasonal and all year round) vasomotor rhinitis and es caused by dust in the lungs such as osis, anthracosis, asbestosis, chalicosis, siderosis, silicosis, tabacosis and byssinosis, exogenous allergic alveolitis, pulmonary fibrosis, bronchiectasis, ary es in alpha1- antitrypsin deficiency and cough; (12) inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract including Crohn's disease and tive colitis, irritable bowel me, pancreatitis; (13) mation associated diseases of ear, nose, mouth and throat like influenza and viral/bacterial infections such as the common cold, ic rhinitis (seasonal and perennial), pharyngitis, tonsillitis, gingivitis, larhyngitis, sinusitis, and tor rhinitis, fever, hay fever, thyroiditis, otitis, dental conditions like toothache, perioperative and post-operative conditions, trigeminal neuralgia, uveitis; iritis, allergic keratitis, conjunctivitis, blepharitis, neuritis nervi optici, ditis, glaucoma and sympathetic opthalmia, as well as pain thereof; (14) diabetes mellitus and its effects (such as e.g. diabetic vasculopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic nephropathy) and diabetic ms in insulitis (for example hyperglycaemia, diuresis, proteinuria and increased renal excretion of nitrite and kallikrein); Doan syndrome and orthostatic hypotension; (15) sepsis and septic shock after bacterial infections or after ; (16) inflammatory diseases of the joints and connective tissue such as vascular diseases of the connective tissue, sprains and res, and musculoskeletal diseases with inflammatory ms such as acute rheumatic fever, polymyalgia rheumatica, reactive arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, larthritis, and also osteoarthritis, and inflammation of the connective tissue of other origins, and collagenoses of all origins such as ic lupus erythematodes, scleroderma, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjögren syndrome, Still's disease or Felty syndrome; as well as vascular diseases such as panarteriitis nodosa, polyarthritis , periarteriitis nodosa, itis temporalis, Wegner's granulomatosis, giant cell arteriitis, arteriosclerosis and erythema nodosum; (17) diseases of and damage to the central nervous system such as for example cerebral oedema and the treatment and prevention of psychiatric diseases such as depression, for example, and for the ent and prevention of epilepsy; (18) disorders of the motility or spasms of respiratory, genito-urinary, gastrointestinal including biliary or vascular structures and organs; (19) post-operative fever; (20) for the treatment and prevention of arteriosclerosis and related complaints; (21) for the treatment and prevention of diseases of the genito-urinary tract such as for example urinary inence and related complaints, benign prostatic lasia and hyperactive bladder, nephritis, is (interstitial cystitis); (22) for the treatment and prevention of morbid obesity and related complaints; (23) neurological diseases such as al oedema and angioedema, cerebral dementia like e.g. Parkinson's and Alzheimers disease, senile dementia; multiple sis, epilepsy, temporal lobe epilepsy, drug resistant epilepsy, stroke, myasthenia gravis, brain and meningeal infections like encephalomyelitis, meningitis, HIV as well as schizophrenia, delusional disorders, autism, affective disorders and tic ers; (24) cognitive impairments associated with schizophrenia, Alzheimer’s Disease and other neurological and psychiatric ers. With respect to Alzheimer’s disease, the compounds of general formula (I) may also be useful as disease modifying agent; (25) work-related diseases like pneumoconiosis, including aluminosis, anthracosis, asbestosis, osis, ptilosis, siderosis, silicosis, tabacosis and osis; (26) benign and ant tumors and neoplasia including , such as colorectal cancer, brain cancer, bone cancer, epithelial cell-derived neoplasia (epithelial carcinoma) such as basal cell oma, adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal cancer such as lip cancer, mouth , esophageal cancer, large bowel cancer, small bowel cancer, stomach cancer, colon cancer, gastroenteropancreatic tumours, gastric carcinomas,liver cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, ovary cancer, cervical cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, skin cancer such as squamous cell and basal cell cancers, prostate cancer, renal cell carcinoma, and other known cancers effecting epithelial cells throughout the body; neoplasias like gastrointestinal , Barrett's esophagus, liver cancer, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, cervical , lung cancer, breast cancer and skin cancer; the proliferation of adenoma cells, thyroid cancer, Gl tumours, cholan- giocarcinoma, hepatic , vesical cancer, chondrosarcoma, malignant pheochromocytoma, neuroblastoma, thymoma, paragangliomas, hromocytomas, ependymomas, leukemia e.g., leukemia of basophilic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, Hodgkin disease and non-Hodgkin lymphoma; atous polyps, including familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP) as well preventing polyps from forming in patients at risk of FAP. Suitable uses may include use in the treatment of acromegaly, cancer, arthritis, carcinoid tumours, and vasoactive intestinal peptide tumours; (27) various other disease states and conditions like epilepsy, septic shock e.g. as antihypovolemic and/or antihypotensive agents, sepsis, osteoporosis, benign prostatic hyperplasia and hyperactive bladder, tis, is, vitiligo, disturbances of visceral motility at respiratory, genitourinary, gastrointestinal or vascular regions, wounds, allergic skin reactions, mixed-vascular and non-vascular syndromes, septic shock associated with bacterial infections or with trauma, central s system injury, tissue damage and postoperative fever, syndromes associated with itching; (28) anxiety, depression, phrenia, epilepsy, ion deficit and hyperactive disorders and neurodegenerative diseases such as dementia, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's e. The treatment of affective ers includes bipolar disorders, e.g. manic-depressive psychoses, extreme psychotic states, e.g. mania and excessive mood swings for which a oural stabilization is being sought.

The ent of anxiety states includes generalized anxiety as well as social anxiety, agoraphobia and those behavioural states characterized by social withdrawal, e.g. ve symptoms; (29) diseases involving pathological vascular proliferation, e.g. angiogenesis, restenosis, smooth muscle proliferation, endothelial cell proliferation and new blood vessel sprouting or conditions requiring the tion of neovascularization. The angiogenic e may for example be lated r degeneration or vascular proliferation associated with surgical procedures, e.g. angioplasty and AV shunts. Other possible uses are the treatments of arteriosclerosis, plaque neovascularization, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, myocardial enesis, valvular disease, myo- cardiac infarction, coronary collaterals, cerebral collaterals and ischemic limb angiogenesis; (30) pathological condition in the retina and/or iris-ciliary body of mammals. Such conditions may be high intraocular pressure (lOP) and/or deep ocular infections. ble diseases may e.g. be glaucoma, stromal keratitis, iritis, retinitis, cataract and conjunctivitis. Other diseases connected to the eye may be ocular and corneal angiogenic conditions, for example, corneal graft rejection, retrolental lasia, Osier-Webber Syndrome or rubeosis. (31) compounds of the invention, after incorporation of a label (e.g. 35-S, 123-I, 125- I, 111-In, 11 -C, etc.) either directly in the nd or via a suitable spacer, can also be used for the imaging of healthy or diseased tissues and/or organs, such as prostate, lung, brain, blood vessels or s possessing ssti and/or SSTR4 receptors.

Preferred according to the present description is the use of a compound of formula (I) for the treatment and/or prevention of pain; in particular pain that is associated with any one of the es or conditions listed above.

Also described is a method for the treatment and/or prevention of above mentioned diseases and conditions, which method comprises the administration of an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) to a human being.

For treatment of the above-described diseases and conditions, a therapeutically ive dose will generally be in the range from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg/kg of body weight per dosage of a compound of the invention; preferably, from about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg/kg of body weight per dosage. For Example, for administration to a 70 kg person, the dosage range would be from about 0.7 mg to about 7000 mg per dosage of a compound of the invention, ably from about 7.0 mg to about 1400 mg per . Some degree of routine dose optimization may be required to determine an optimal dosing level and pattern. The active ingredient may be administered from 1 to 6 times a day.

The actual pharmaceutically ive amount or therapeutic dosage will of course depend on factors known by those skilled in the art such as age and weight of the patient, route of administration and severity of disease. In any case the combination will be administered at s and in a manner which allows a pharmaceutically effective amount to be delivered based upon patient’s unique ion.

Pharmaceutical Compositions: Suitable preparations for administering the compounds of formula (I) will be apparent to those with ordinary skill in the art and include for example tablets, pills, capsules, suppositories, lozenges, troches, solutions, syrups, elixirs, sachets, injectables, inhalatives and powders etc. The content of the pharmaceutically active compound(s) should be in the range from 1 to 99 wt.-%, preferably 10 to 90 wt.-%, more preferably 20 to 70 wt.-%, of the composition as a whole.

Suitable tablets may be obtained, for example, by mixing one or more compounds according to formula (I) with known excipients, for example inert diluents, carriers, disintegrants, adjuvants, surfactants, binders and/or lubricants. The tablets may also consist of several .

Also described is a pharmaceutical formulation ing a nd of formula (I) in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, diluent or carrier.

COMBINATION THERAPY The compounds according to the present invention can be combined with other treatment options known to be used in the art in connection with a treatment of any of the indications the treatment of which is in the focus of the present ption.

Among such treatment options that are considered suitable for combination with the treatment according to the t inventions are: - non-steroidal antiinfiammatory drugs (NSAIDs) including COX-2 inhibitors; - opiate receptor agonists; - Cannabionoid agonists or inhibitors of the endocannabinoid pathway - Sodium channel blockers; - N-type calcium channel blockers; - serotonergic and noradrenergic modulators; - osteroids; - histamine H1, H2, H3 and H4 receptor antagonists; - proton pump inhibitors; - leukotriene antagonists and xygenase inhibitors; - local anesthetics; - VR1 agonists and nists; - Nicotinic acetylcholine receptor agonists; - P2X3 receptor antagonists; - NGF ts and antagonists or GF antibodies; - NK1 and NK2 antagonists; - Bradykinin B1 antagonists - CCR2 antagonists - iNOS or nNOS or eNOS inhibitors - NMDA antagonist; - potassium channel modulators; - GABA modulators; - serotonergic and noradrenergic modulators; - anti-migraine drugs; - neuropathic pain drugs such as pregabaline or duloxetine.

Said list is not considered to have a limiting ter.

In the following representative examples of such treatment options shall be given: • Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs s) including COX-2 inhibitors: propionic acid derivatives (alminoprofen, benoxaprofen, bucloxic acid, fen, fenhufen, fenoprofen, flubiprofen, ibuprofen, indoprofen, ofen, miroprofen, naproxen, zin, pirprofen, pranoprofen, suprofen, tiaprofenic acid, and tioxaprofen), acetic acid derivatives (indomethacin, acemetacin, alclofenac, clidanac, diclofenac, fenclofenac, fenclozic acid, fentiazac, furofenac, ibufenac, isoxepac, oxpinac, sulindac, ac, tolmetin, zidometacin, and zomepirac), fenamic acid derivatives (meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, and tolfenamic acid), biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives, oxicams (isoxicam, cam, piroxicam, sudoxicam and tenoxican), salicylates (acetyl lic acid, sulfasalazine) and the pyrazolones (apazone, bezpiperylon, feprazone, mofebutazone, oxyphenbutazone, phenylbutazone), and the coxibs (celecoxib, valecoxib, rofecoxib and etoricoxib) and the like; • Antiviral drugs like acyclovir, tenovir, pleconaril, peramivir, pocosanol and the like.

• Antibiotic drugs like gentamicin, streptomycin, geldanamycin, doripenem, exin, cefaclor, ceftazichine, me, erythromycin, vancomycin, aztreonam, amoxicillin, bacitracin, enoxacin, mafenide, doxycycline, mphenicol and the like; • Opiate receptor agonists: morphine, propoxyphene (Darvon), tramadol, buprenorphin and the like; • Glucocorticosteroids such as bethamethasone, budesonide, dexamethasone, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, prednisolone, prednisone, triamcinolone and deflazacort; immunosuppressive, immunomodulatory, or cytsostatic drugs inlcuding but not limited to ychlorquine, D-penicillamine, sulfasalizine, auranofin, gold mercaptopurine, tacrolimus, sirolimus, mycophenolate mofetil, cyclosporine, leflunomide, methotrexate, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide and glatiramer acetate and novantrone, fingolimod (FTY720), minocycline and thalidomide and the like; • anti-TNF antibodies or TNF-receptor antagonists such as but not limited to cept, imab, Adalimumab (D2E7), CDP 571, and Ro 45-2081 (Lenercept), or biologic agents directed against targets such as but not limited to CD-4, CTLA-4, LFA-1, IL-6, ICAM-1, C5 and Natalizumab and the like; • IL-1 receptor antagonists such as but not limited to Kineret; • Sodium channel blockers: azepine, mexiletine, lamotrigine, tectin, lacosamide and the like.

• N-type calcium l blockers: Ziconotide and the like; • Serotonergic and noradrenergic tors: paroxetine, duloxetine, clonidine, amitriptyline, citalopram; • Histamine H1 receptor antagonists: bromophtniramint, chlorpheniramine, dexchlorpheniramine, triprolidine, clemastine, hydramine, diphenylpyraline, tripelennamine, hydroxyzine, methdiJazine, promethazine, trimeprazine, ine, cyproheptadine, antazoline, amine mine, astemizole, terfenadine, loratadine, cetirizine, deslo- ratadine, fexofenadine and levocetirizine and the like; • Histamine H2 receptor antagonists: cimetidine, famotidine and ranitidine and the like; • Histamine H3 receptor antagonists: ciproxifan and the like • Histamine H4 receptor antagonists: thioperamide and the like • Proton pump tors: omeprazole, pantoprazole and esomeprazole and the like; • Leukotriene antagonists and 5-lipoxygenase tors: zafirlukast, mon- telukast, pranlukast and zileuton and the like; • Local anesthetics such as ambroxol, lidocaine and the like; • Potassium channel modulators, like retigabine; • GABA modulators: lacosamide, pregabalin, gabapentin and the like; • Anti-migraine drugs: sumatriptan, zolmitriptan, iptan, eletriptan, telcegepant and the like; • NGF antibodies such as RI-724 and the like.

Combination therapy is also possible with new principles for the treatment of pain e.g. P2X3 antagonists, VR1 antagonists, NK1 and NK2 antagonists, NMDA antagonists, mGluR antagonists and the like.

The combination of compounds is preferably a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described for example by Chou and Talalay, Adv. Enzyme Regul. 55 (1984), occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the additive effect of the compounds when administered alone as a single agent. In general, a synergistic effect is most clearly trated at suboptimal concentrations of the compounds. Synergy can be in terms of lower cytotoxicity, increased pharmacological effect, or some other beneficial effect of the combination compared with the individual ents.

The term ‘comprising’ as used in this specification and claims means ‘consisting at least in part of’. When interpreting statements in this specification and claims which includes the ising’, other features besides the features prefaced by this term in each statement can also be present. Related terms such as ‘comprise’ and ised’ are to be interpreted in r manner.

In this specification where reference has been made to patent specifications, other external documents, or other sources of information, this is generally for the purpose of providing a context for discussing the features of the invention. Unless specifically stated ise, reference to such external documents is not to be construed as an admission that such documents, or such sources of information, in any iction, are prior art, or form part of the common general knowledge in the art Chemical Manufacture Abbreviations: Ac Acetyl ACN acetonitrile APCI Atmospheric pressure chemical ionization Boc tert-butyloxycarbony Burgess reagent: methoxycarbonylsulfamoyl-triethyl ammonium hydroxide inner salt CDI 1,1’-carbonyldiimidazole d day dba ylideneacetone DCM dichloromethane DIPEA diisopropylethylamine DME 1,2-dimethoxyethane DMF dimethylformamide DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide ESI electrospray ionization (in MS) EtOAc ethylacetate EtOH ethanol Exp. example h hour(s) HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazolyl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate HPLC high performance liquid chromatography S coupled high performance liquid chromatography-mass ometry LC liquid chromatography LC-MS coupled liquid tography – mass spectrometry M molar (mol/L) MeOH methanol min minute(s) MS mass spectrometry NMP 1-methylpyrrolidinone RP reverse phase rt room temperature Rt retention time (in HPLC / LC) TBTU O-(benzotriazolyl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate TEA triethylamine TFA trifluoroacetic acid THF tetrahydrofuran TLC thin-layer chromatography UPLC- MS ultra performance liquid chromatography - mass ometry Methods: UPLC-MS and S methods: Method 1 Instrument: LC/MS Waters Acquity UPLC System DAD, SQD single quadrupole; column: HSS C18 1,8 µm 2,1 x 50 mm, Temp 35°C; mobile phase: A = H2O 90% + % CH3CN + CF3COOH 0,1%, B = CH3CN 90% + H2O 10%; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 1.20 min 100% B → 1.45 min 100% B → 1.55 min 0% B → 1.75 min 0% B; flow rate: 0.70 mL/min; detection: UV 254 nm; detection: SQD, single quadrupole; ion source: ES+/ ES-; scan range: 90-900 amu Method 2 Instrument: LC/MS Waters Acquity UPLC System DAD, SQD single quadrupole; column: BEH C18 1,7µm 2,1 x 50 mm, Temp 35°C; mobile phase: A = H2O 90% + % CH3CN + H 5 mmol, B = CH3CN 90% + H2O 10%; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 1.20 min 100% B → 1.45 min 100% B → 1.55 min 0% B → 1.75 min 0% B; flow rate: 0.70 mL/min; detection: UV 254 nm; detection: SQD, single quadrupole; ion source: ES+/ ES-; scan range: 90-900 amu Method 3 Instrument: LC/MS Waters Acquity UPLC System DAD, ELSD detector, SQD single quadrupole; column: HSS C18 1,8 µm 2,1 x 50 mm, Temp 35°C; mobile phase: A = H2O 90% + 10% CH3CN + CF3COOH 0,1%, B = CH3CN 90% + H2O 10%; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 2.40 min 100% B → 2.70 min 100% B → 2.80 min 0% B → 3.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 0.70 mL/min; detection: UV 254 nm; detection: ELSD detector; detection: SQD, single pole; ion source: ES+/ ES-; scan range: 90- 900 amu Method 4 Instrument: LC/MS Waters Acquity UPLC System DAD, ELSD detector, SQD single quadrupole; column: BEH C18 1.7 μm 2.1 x 50 mm; mobile phase: A = H2O 90% + CH3CN 10% + NH4COOH 5 mM, B = CH3CN 90% + H2O 10%; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 2.40 min 100% B → 2.70 min 100% B → 2.80 min 0% B → 3.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 0.70 mL/min; detection: UV 254 nm; detection: ELSD detector; detection: SQD, single pole; ion source: ES+/ ES-; scan range: 90-900 amu Method 5 Instrument: LC/MS Waters Acquity UPLC System DAD, ELSD detector, SQD single quadrupole; column: HSS C18 1,8 µm 2,1 x 50 mm, Temp 35°C; mobile phase: A = H2O 90% + CH3CN 10% + CF3COOH 0.1%, B = CH3CN 90% + H2O 10%; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 2.40 min 100% B → 2.70 min 100% B → 2.80 min 0% B → 3.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 0.70 mL/min; detection: UV 254 nm; detection: ELSD detector; detection: SQD, single quadrupole; ion source: ES+/ ES-; scan range: 90- 900 amu Method 6 Instrument: LC/MS ThermoFinnigan HPLC Surveyor DAD, LCQ Fleet Ion Trap; : Simmetry Shield RP8, 5µm, 4,6 x 150 mm; eluent A: 90% water + 10% ACN + HCOOH 0.1%; eluent B = ACN 90%+10% H2O + HCOOH 0.1%; gradient: 0.0 min 5% B → 1.5 min 5% B → 11.5 min 95% B → 13.0 min 95% B → 13.3 min 5% B → .0 min 5% B; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Detection: Finnigan Fleet, Ion Trap; ion source: ES+; scan range: 100-900 amu Method 7 Instrument: LC/MS Finnigan. Hplc Surveyor DAD, MSQ Quadrupole; column: Synergi Hydro , 2.5 um, 3 x 50 mm; eluent A: 90% water + 10% ACN + ammonium formate 10 mM; eluent B = ACN 90%+10% H2O + NH4COOH 10 mM; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 1.50 min 0% B → 8.00 min 100% B → 10.00 min 100% B → 11.00 min 0% B → 12.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 0.7 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: APCI+/APCI-.

Method 7a Instrument: LC/MS ThermoFinnigan. Hplc Surveyor DAD, MSQ Quadrupole; column: Synergi Hydro RP100A, 2.5 um, 3 x 50 mm; eluent A: 90% water + 10% ACN + um formate 10 mM; eluent B = ACN 90%+10% H2O + NH4COOH 10 mM; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 0.50 min 0% B → 6.50 min 100% B → 7.50 min 100% B → 8.00 min 0% B → 9.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: APCI+/APCI-.

Method 7b Instrument: LC/MS ThermoFinnigan. Hplc or DAD, MSQ Quadrupole; column: Synergi Hydro RP100A, 2.5 um, 3 x 50 mm; eluent A: 90% water + 10% ACN + ammonium e 5 mM; eluent B = ACN % H2O; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 4.00 min 100% B → 5.30 min 100% B → 5.50 min 0% B → 6.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: APCI+/APCI-.

Method 8 Instrument: LC/MS ThermoFinnigan. Hplc Surveyor DAD, MSQ Quadrupole; column: Synergi Hydro RP100A, 2.5 um, 3 x 50 mm; eluent A: 90% water + 10% ACN + um formate 10 mM; eluent B = ACN 90%+10% H2O + NH4COOH 10 mM; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 4.00 min 100% B → 5.30 min 100% B → 5.50 min 0% B → 6.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: APCI+/APCI-.

Method 9 Instrument: LC/MS Waters Alliance 2695 HPLC System DAD, Quattro Micro Triple quadrupole; column: SunFire C18 3.5 μm 4,6 x 50 mm; eluent A: H2O 90% + 10% CH3CN + CF3COOH 0,05%; eluent B = CH3CN 90% + 10% H2O; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 4.50 min 100% B → 5.80 min 100% B → 6.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: ES+.

Method 10 Instrument: LC/MS Waters Alliance 2695 HPLC System DAD, Quattro Micro Triple quadrupole; column: is dC18 5μm 4,6 x 50 mm; eluent A: H2O 90% + 10% CH3CN + CF3COOH 0,05%; eluent B = CH3CN 90% + 10% H2O; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 0.70 min 0% B → 4.50 min 100% B → 5.80 min 100% B → 6.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: ES+.

Method 11 Instrument: LC/MS Waters Alliance 2695 HPLC System DAD, o Micro Triple quadrupole; column: Xbridge Phenyl 3.5μm 3x 30 mm; eluent A: H2O 90% + 10% CH3CN + NH4HCO3 5mM; eluent B = CH3CN 90% + 10% H2O; nt: 0.0 min 0% B → 4.50 min 100% B → 5.80 min 100% B → 6.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: ES+/- Method 12 Instrument: LC/MS ThermoFinnigan HPLC Surveyor DAD, LCQFleet Ion Trap; column: Xselect CSH, 2.5 µm, 4,6 x 50 mm; eluent A: H2O 90% + 10% CH3CN + HCOOH 0.1%; eluent B = CH3CN 90% + H2O 10% + HCOOH 0.1%; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 4.00 min 100% B → 5.30 min 100% B → 5.50 min 0% B → 6.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 1.4 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: ES+/- Method 12a Instrument: LC/MS Waters Alliance 2695 HPLC System DAD, Quattro Micro Triple quadrupole; column: Zorbax e XDB-C18 3.5μm 4,6 x 50 mm, Temp 35°C; eluent A: H2O 90% + 10% CH3CN + NH4COOH 5mM; eluent B = CH3CN 90% + 10% H2O; gradient: 0.0 min 0% B → 4.50 min 100% B → 5.80 min 100% B → 6.00 min 0% B; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV Detection: 254 nm; Ion source: ES+/- GC-MS methods: Method 13 Instrument: GC/MS Thermo Scientific TRACE GC ULTRA, DSQ II MS single quadrupole; column: Agilent DB-5MS, 25m x 0.2 5 mmol x 0.25 µm; carrier gas: Helium, 1 mL/min costant flow; oven program: 50°C, to 100°C in 10°C/min, to 200°C in 20°C/min, to 320°C in 30°C/min (hold 10 min); detection: DSQ II MS single quadrupole; ion : EI; scan range: 50- 450 amu Chiral HPLC methods: Method 14 HPLC apparatus type: Agilent 1100; column: Daicel chiralpack AD-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; : eluent hexane/IPA 70:30; flow rate: 1 mL/min, Temperature: °C; UV Detection: 230 nm Method 15 HPLC tus type: Agilent 1100; column: Daicel chiralpack AD-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; method: eluent hexane/IPA 85:15; flow rate: 1 mL/min, Temperature: °C; UV Detection: 230 nm Method 16 HPLC apparatus type: Agilent 1100; column: Daicel chiralpack AD-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; method: eluent hexane/IPA 75:25; flow rate: 1 mL/min, Temperature: °C; UV Detection: 230 nm Method 17 HPLC apparatus type: Agilent 1100; column: Daicel pack OJ-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; method: eluent hexane/ethanol 93:7; flow rate: 1 mL/min, Temperature: 25°C; UV Detection: 230 nm Method 18 HPLC apparatus type: Agilent 1100; column: Daicel chiralpack AS-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 4.6 mm; method: eluent hexane/ethanol 95:5; flow rate: 1 mL/min, ature: 25°C; UV Detection: 230 nm Microwave heating: Discover® CEM instruments, equipped with 10 and 35 mL vessels NMR Equipment: The 1H NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance III (500 MHz) or a Varian 400 (400 MHz) ment using deuterated dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO-d6) as the solvent with tetramethylsilane (TMS) as an internal standard.Chemical shifts are ed in δ values (ppm) relative to TMS.

Experimental: Example 1a O + O 2-Methylnitropropyl-p-toluenesulfonate (250 mg, 0.915 mmol), 4-fluoro methylphenol (115 mg, 0.915 mmol) and cesium carbonate (358 mg, 1.098 mmol) are heated in dry N,N-dimethylacetamide (5 mL) at 80°C overnight. Cesium carbonate (596 mg, 1.830 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture heated at 150°C for 2h. The reaction mixture is treated with water (5 mL) and 4M HCl (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is purified by flash tography (eluent 0-30% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (155 mg, 75%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6) : δ 1.66 (s, 6H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 4.31 (s, 2H), .03 (m, 3H) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.31 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 228 (M+H)+ The following examples are sized in analogy to the preparation of example 1a: HPLC-MS or UPLC-MS or GC- Example Structure Reactant(s) MS or 1H-NMR 1b 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6), : F F 2-hydroxy- δ 1.66 (s, 6H); 4.5 (s, 2H), 7.14 O O benzo- (dd, J = 7.0, 7.6 Hz ,1H), 7.29 trifluoride (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.65 (148 mg, (m, 2H) 0.915 mmol) 2-ethyl- method: 1 O + O phenol (78 Rt [min]: 1.40 1c N O µL, 0.659 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 224 method: 2 + 2-methyl- Rt [min]: 1.31 1d O O phenol (1,3 g, MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) 12.07 mmol) (M+H)+:210 4-bromo 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6), : methylphenol δ 1.66 (s, 6H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 4.33 1e Br O O N (1.3 g, 7.32 (s, 2H), 6.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), mmol) 7.31-7.33 (m, 2H) 4-chloro 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d methyl- + δ 1.66 (s, 6H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 4.33 1f N phenol Cl O O (s, 2H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz 1H), (574 mg, 4.02 7.18-7.22 (m, 2H) mmol) ro method: 8 hydroxy- O O + Rt [min]: 3.50 1g N noline O MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) Cl N (394 mg, 2.19 (M+H)+: 281 mmol) Cl 2-chloro- method: 1 O + O phenol Rt [min]: 1.29 1h N (0.13 ml, MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) 1.207 mmol) (M+H)+: 230 4-methyl- : 7 O + O pyridinol Rt [min]: 5.73 1i N O (100 mg, MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) 0.915 mmol) (M+H)+: 211 O 2-bromo- method: 1 + Br N phenol Rt [min]: 1.34 1j O O (2 ml, 18.29 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 275 oxy- method: 13 O O N quinoline Rt [min]: 12.33 1k N O (223 mg, MS (EI pos, m/z) 1.537 mmol) [M]+.: 246 -hydroxy method: 2 O + methyl-1H- N Rt [min]: 0.90 1l O O pyrazole N MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (718 mg, 7.31 (M+H)+: 200 mmol) 3-methyl- method: 1 O + O N phenol Rt [min]: 1.33 O (71 mg, 0.659 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 210 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d O Imidazo[1,2- δ 1.70 (s, 6H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 6.71 N O a]pyridinol (dd, J = 1.1, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.80 1n O N (491 mg, 3.66 (dd, J = 6.6, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 mmol) (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (dd, J = 1.0, 6.7 Hz, 1H) 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d O Benzo[d]- + δ 1.72 (s, 6H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 7.38 1o N O isoxazolol O (ddd, J = 1.4, 6.5, 8.0 Hz, 1H), (494 mg, 3.66 N 7.64-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.72 (ddd, O mmol) J = 1.2, 2.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H) 3-hydroxy method: 1 methyl- O + O N N Rt [min]: 0.64 pyridine 1p O MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (72 mg, 0.659 (M+H)+: 211 mmol) Example 1q O + O Example 1q is prepared as described for example 1a using 2-fluorophenol (148 mg, 1.317 mmol) as starting material and the reaction is heated for 90 minutes at 130°C.

The reaction e is treated with water and extracted with ethyl ether. The c layer is washed with brine and 5% K2CO3, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (170 mg, 62%).

S (Method 2): Rt = 1.24 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 214 (M+H)+ Example 1r O + O N 2-chlorofluoromethylpyridine (1g, 6.870 mmol) is dissolved in hydrochloric acid (37%, 20 mL) and the reaction is heated under ave irradiation at 150°C for 15h. The mixture is diluted with water and washed with DCM. The aqueous layer is basified with NaOH and re-extracted with DCM several times. The organic layer is separated, dried and evaporated to furnish 5-fluoromethyl-pyridinol (140 mg, content 74%, 12%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.50 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 128 (M+H)+ -Fluoromethyl-pyridinol (139 mg, 1.098 mmol), 2-methylnitropropyl-p- esulfonate (300 mg, 1.098 mmol and cesium ate (429 mg, 1.317 mmol) are heated in dry N,N-dimethylacetamide (5 mL) at 150°C for 7h. The reaction mixture is treated with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic layer is dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is purified by flash chromatography t 0-25% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (70 mg, 25%).

UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 1.20 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 229 (M+H)+ Example 2a H O Raney Nickel (28 mg, 0.330 mmol) is added to example 1a (150 mg, 0.660 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and the mixture is enated at 3 bar overnight. The catalyst is d by filtration and the reaction evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (96 mg, 74%) that is used as such.

HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 4.82 min MS (APCI): m/z = 198 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 2a: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS or UPLC-MS or 1H- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d F F : δ 1.11 (s, 6H), 1.51 (s, br, F Example 1b 2b H O 2H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 7.07 (dd, J = N (200 mg, 0.760 H 7.7, 8.4 Hz , 1H), 7.19 (d, J = mmol) 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.64 (m, 2H) Example 1c method: 1 H O (65 mg, 90% Rt [min]: 0.76 2c N H content, 0.262 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 194 Example 1d method: 2 N (2.1 g, 96 % Rt [min]: 0.73 2d O H content, 9.63 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 180 method: 7 Example 1i H O Rt [min]: 4.37 2e N (150 mg, 0.714 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) H N mmol) (M+H)+: 181 method: 8 Example 1k H O Rt [min]: 1.82 N (173 mg, 0.703 2f H N MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 217 H Example 1m : 1 H O (62 mg, 93% Rt [min]: 0.74 t, 0.276 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 180 method: 2 N O Example 1n H N Rt [min]: 0.53 2h (230 mg, 0.978 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) N mmol) (M+H)+: 206 method: 1 N Example 1p H O Rt [min]: 0.27 N (128 mg 0.572 2i MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 181 H method: 1 F Example 1q N Rt [min]: 0.66 2j H O (170 mg, 0.678 MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) mmol) (M+H)+: 184 e 2k H O N Example 2k is prepared from example 1r (70 mg, 0.273 mmol) in analogy to the example 2a. The p residue is purified over SCX cartridge, washed with MeOH and eluted with methanolic ammonia. Volatiles are removed under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (17 mg, 28%) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.66 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 199 (M+H)+ e 2l and example 2m O O F F HO HO F F F F O H O H N N Cl N H Raney Nickel (50 mg, 0.584 mmol) is added to example 1g (200 mg, 0.712 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and the mixture is hydrogenated at 3 bar for 2h. The catalyst is removed by filtration and the reaction evaporated to furnish a residue purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions ning the title compound are ed and evaporated to furnish example 2l (90 mg, 35 %) and example 2m (152 mg, 65 %).

Example 2l: HPLC-MS (Method 10): Rt = 3.22 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 234 (M+H)+ Example 2m: HPLC-MS d 10): Rt = 1.07 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 200 (M+H)+ Example 2n Br O H The example 1e (1.4 g , 4.86 mmol) is dissolved in dry MeOH (30 mL), then HCl 4M in dioxane (18 mL, 73 mmol) is added and the mixture is cooled at 0°C. Zinc (1.9 g, 29.15 mmol) is added portionwise and the reaction is allowed to reach RT and stirred overnight.

The e is filtered over a celite pad, then the solution is basifed with NaOH 1N and The solids are removed by filtration. DCM is added and the reaction is washed with water. The organic layer is ted, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (380mg, 30%) .

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.00 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 259 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 2n: UPLC-MS MS (ESI Example ure Reactant(s) Rt [min], pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ H Example 1f 2o N (800 mg, 3.28 0.98 214 Cl O H mmol) 2 H Example 1h O (260 mg, 90% 0.72 2p H 200 content, 1.019 1 Cl mmol) N Example 1j 0.76 2q H O 245 (5 g, 18.24 mmol) 1 Example 1l N 0.45 2r O H (580 mg, 2.91 170 N 1 N mmol) Example 2s H O e 1o (110 mg, 0.466 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (420 mg, 1.86 mmol) are dissolved in dry absolute ethanol (20 mL) and heated to reflux for 8 h.

The reaction mixture is cooled and saturated Na2CO3 solution is added. The solids are removed by filtration through a celite pad and EtOAc added to the resulting e.

The organic layer is washed with water, then with brine, then is separated, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (100 mg, 94%).

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.68 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 207 (M+H)+ Example 2t omethyl-propanol (11 mL, 118.8 mmol) is dissolved in dioxane (20 mL) and sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil, 5.0 g, 124.7 mmol) is added portionwise at 0°C and after 15 minutes 2-fluoromethyl-pyridine (3 mL, 29.7 mmol) is added.The resulting mixture is heated at 100°C for 1h. The reaction is diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic layer is ted, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (5.1 g, 95%) that is used as such.

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 1.78 min MS (APCI): m/z = 181 (M+H)+ Example 2u F F Example 2u is prepared in analogy to e 2t using 3-fluoro(trifluoromethyl)- pyridine (8 g, 48.46 mmol) as starting al with the exception that the final residue is dissolved in MeOH and washed with n-heptane. Volatiles are removed under reduce pressure to give the title compound (9.5 g, 84%) HPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 1.97 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 235 (M+H)+ Example 3a O N O H H F O O HATU (95 mg, 0.251 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (52 mg, 0,228 mmol, commercially available from ABCR or WuXi AppTec, 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.24 (t, J = 3.2, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.97 (t, J = 2.5 Hz ,2H), 3.34 (d, 2H), 3.48 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 2H), 12.21 (br, 1H)), example 2a (45mg, 0.228 mmol) and DIPEA (118 µl, 0.684 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and stirring is continued overnight. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a residue that is purified by flash chromatography t 0-40% cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (72 mg, 78%).

HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 7.37 min MS (APCI): m/z = 407 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 3a: HPLC-MS or MS (ESI pos UPLC-MS or APCI, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ H F O N O 7.55 Example 2b 3b H H 7 443 (55 mg, 0.236 N mmol) O O e 2l 3.86 O N 3c H (90 mg, 0.246 8 460 H H mmol) O O O N O Example 2e H H 6.28 N (59 mg, 88% 3d 7 390 content, 0.288 mmol) O O Example 2q 1,37 O N H 3e (161 mg, 0.66 2 454 H H mmol) O O Example 2f N (147 mg, 0.682 O mmol) using HPLC 3.42/4.06 O N 3f H preparative 8 426 H H purification after N purification by O O flash tography Example 2m 3.43 O N 3g H (152 mg, 0.460 8 426 H H mmol) O O O Example 2k 3.55 3h (17 mg, 89% 8 408 O N H t, 0.076 H H mmol) O O Example 3i O N O H H O O TBTU (70 mg, 0.218 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (45 mg, 0,198 mmol), example 2c (46 mg, 91% content, 0.218 mmol) and TEA (80 µl, 0.594 mmol) in dry DMF (1,5 mL) and stirring is continued for 3h. The reaction is diluted with water and washed with ethyl ether. The c layer is washed with NaHCO3 satured solution and water, then is separated, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (85 mg, 86%) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 1.46 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 403 (M+H)+ The following examples are sized in analogy to the preparation of example 3i: UPLC-MS MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 2d 1.34 3j O N H (79 mg, 0.440 2 389 H H mmol) O O O N Example 2n 1.47 H H 3k (370 mg, 1.43 2 468 mmol) O O O N H H e 2o 1.50 3l (580 mg, 2.71 2 423 O O mmol) O N O N N Example 2r 1.01 H H 3m (100 mg, 0.591 2 379 N mmol) O O Example 2g 1.42 (43 mg, 83% 3n O N 1 349 H content, 0.198 H H mmol) O O O N O Example 2s 1.27 H H N O (100 mg, 90% 3o 2 416 N content, 0.436 O O mmol) O e 2i 0.82 (61 mg, 0.242 3p O N H 1 390 mmol, 71% H H content) O O Example 2j 1.31 3q O N (40 mg, 0.218 1 393 H H mmol) O O H 1-Methylo- O N O tolyloxy- 1.36 H H ethylamine 3r 2 375 N (300 mg, 50% content, 0.908 O O mmol) e 3s O N H O Example 3s is prepared as described for example 3i using 1-(2,6-dimethylphenoxy)- 2-methyl-propanamine (68 mg, 0.352 mmol) as ng material. The reaction is d for 2 days. After the usual work-up, the residue is purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions containing the title compound are combined, and evaporated to furnish the title compound (95 mg, 62%).

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 1.45 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 403 (M+H)+ The following examples are sized in analogy to the preparation of example 3s: UPLC-MS MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ Cl Example 2p (47 mg, 2.17 3t O N content 93%, 5 409 H H 0.218 mmol) O O O N H H N Example 2h 1.03 N (120 mg, 2 415 3u N 0.585 mmol) O O Example 3v O N H O N Example 2t (5.1 g, 28.29 mmol), HATU (10.8 g, 28.295 mmol) and DIPEA (15.5 g, 56,589 mmol) are added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (6.4 g, 28.295 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and stirring is continued for 3 tiles are evaporated under reduced pressure. EtOAc is added and the reaction mixture is washed with NaHCO3 satured on and then with brine. The organic layer is ted by Phase separator cartridge and solvent evaporated affording a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 20- 50% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (8.4 g, 76%).

S (Method 8): Rt = 3.30 min MS (APCI): m/z = 390 (M+H)+ Example 3w O H O O H N H O F N Example 2u (3 g, 12.80 mmol), HATU (4.87 g, 12.809 mmol) and DIPEA (4.46 mL, .617 mmol) are added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (2.62 g, 11.528 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) and stirring is continued for 2h. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure, the crude is taken up with EtOAc and the organic layer is washed with NaHCO3 saturated solution and brine. The organic layer is dried and evaporated to furnish a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 40-70% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to h the title compound (4 g, 98% t, 69%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.12 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 444 (M+H)+ Example 4a O H O O H N H O HATU (12 g, 31.682 mmol), DIPEA (6 mL, 34.322 mmol) and 2-aminomethyl propanol (2.5 g, 27.722 mmol) are added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)- 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (6 g, 26.402 mmol) in dry DMF (40 mL) and stirring is continued overnight. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is taken up in EtOAc, washed with 10% citric acid, sat.

NaHCO3 and dried using a phase separator cartridge. The resulting solution is evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is purified by flash tography (eluent 50-90% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (6.2 g, 79%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6), : δ 1.15 (s, 6H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.43 (t, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.35 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.48 (m, 2H), 4.82 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H) Example 5a O H O O H N H O Under nitrogen atmophere, sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil, 32 mg, 0.804 mmol) is added to example 4a (120 mg, 0.402 mmol) and 4-fluoro benzonitrile (109 mg, 0.804 mmol) in dry 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) cooled to 0°C and stirring is continued for 3h at rt. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced re to furnish a residue that is purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions containing the title compound are ed, acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, the aqueous layer is basified with sat. NaHCO3 and ted with DCM.

The organic layer is dried using a phase separator cartridge and the resulting solution is evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (105 mg, 63%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.28 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 414 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in y to the preparation of example 5a: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS or MS (ESI UPLC-MS pos or Rt [min], APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ O H O ro O H N F F (trifluoro- 5b H O F 1.20 methyl)pyridine 444 2 N (111 mg, 0.670 mmol) 4-chloro trifluoromethyl- H O O N pyridine O H N F H O F hydrochloride 3.15 F 444 5c (146 mg, 0.670 8 mmol) + TEA (70 µL, 0.503 mmol) O H O 3-chloro O H N methyl- H O 2.72 5d pyridazine 391 N 8 (86 mg, 0.670 mmol) O H O 4-fluoro O H N methylbenzo- H O 3.99 5e trifluoride 457 (119 mg, 0.670 F F F mmol) Example 5f O H O O H N H O Example 5f is prepared as described for example 5a using 1-chloroisoquinoline (164 mg, 1 mmol) as starting material with the exception that the mixture is stirred for 2h at rt and then heated at 60° C for 3h.Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is purified by flash chromatography t 20-50% cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (159 mg, 74%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 3.57 MS (APCI): m/z = 426 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 5f: UPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ O Cl O N chloro N N H H methylpyrimidine 1.28 5g 425 (273 mg, 1.676 2 N mmol) O O Example 5h O H O O H N H O F N Under nitrogen, sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil, 62 mg, 1.54 mmol) is added to example 4a (200 mg, 0.670 mmol) and 2-fluoro(trifluoro-methyl)pyridine (221 mg, 1.34 mmol) in dry 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) cooled to 0°C. The reaction mixture is allowed to reach rt and then is heated at 110°C under microwave irradiation for 50 minutes. The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM and washed with water, and then with saturated NH4Cl, dried and trated under reduced pressure giving a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (200 mg, 64%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.26 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 444 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 5h: Example ure nt(s) S or MS UPLC-MS (ESI pos, Rt [min], method m/z) (M+H)+ I 3-fluoro O N iodopyridine 3.20 5i H 502 H H (299 mg, 1.34 12 mmol) O O H 3-chloro O N O (trifluoro- H H F )pyridazine 1.09 445 5j F F (synthesised as 2 described in O O WO2009/086130, 305.8 mg, 1.67 mmol) Example 5k O H O O H N H O Example 5k is prepared as bed for example 5a using 2-chloro methylpyrazine (86 mg, 0.67 mmol) as starting material with the exception that the mixture is stirred for 2h at rt and then heated at 60° C overnight. Following preparative HPLC cation, the resulting material is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 20-50% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (42 mg, 32%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.90 MS (APCI): m/z = 391 (M+H)+ Example 5l O N O N H H O O 2-Fluoroiodopyridine (300 mg, 1.34 mmol), potassium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate (498 mg, 3.36 mmol), palladium (II) acetate (30 mg, 0.135 mmol) are dissolved in toluene (4 mL) under a en flow. Tricyclohexylphosphine (75 mg, 0.27 mmol), tri- potassium phosphate (1.1 g, 5.38 mmol) and water (0.4 mL) are added and the reaction mixture is heated under microwave irradation (130oC) for 2h. At rt, water is added and the s layer is extracted with DCM. Then the organic layer is washed with water and brine, separated and dried to furnish 3-cyclopropylfluoropyridine (200 mg, 97%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.94 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 138 (M+H)+ Example 5l is prepared as described for e 5h using 3-cyclopropylfluoropyridine as ng material (184 mg, 1.34 mmol).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.28min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 416 (M+H)+ Example 6a O H To a solution of 1-methylindazolecarboxylic acid (1g, 5.67 mmol) in dry THF (15 mL), CDI (1 g, 6.24 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 1.5 h, then ammonium hydroxide (13 mL of a 30% solution in water) is added and the mixture d for additional 15 min. Solvents are evaporated, the crude dissolved in EtOAc, washed with 0.1 N hydrochloric acid, sat. NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer is separated, dried and evaporated under vacuum to obtain the title compound (840 mg, 83%) used in the next step t any further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 4.12 (s, 3H), 7.26 (ddd, J = 1.0, 6.7, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (br, s, 1H), 7.46 (ddd, J = 1.0, 6.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (br, s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H) The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 6a: Example Structure Reactant(s) 1H NMR 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 5.73 (s, 2H), 7.23-7.35 O H N 1-benzyl-1H- (m, 6H), 7.39 (s, br, 1H), 7.39 indazole (ddd, J = 1.2, 7.0, 8.1 Hz, 6b N N carboxylic acid 1H), 7.70 (s, br, 1H), 7.76 (1 g, 3.96 mmol) (ddd, J = 1.0, 1.6, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (ddd, J = 1.1, 2.0, 8.1 Hz, 1H) Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS Rt [min], method, MS (APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ H 2-methyl- O N quinoline 1.35 6c H ylic acid 8 (1.2 g, 6.410 187 N mmol) Example Structure Reactant(s) 1H NMR O H 5-Fluoro N 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- F H methyl-1H- d6): δ 4.13 (3H, s), 7.33-7.42 6d N indazole N (2H, m), 7.69 (1H, s), 7.77- carboxylic acid 7.82 (2H, m) (1 g, 5,15 mmol) e Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS Rt [min], method, MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ O 4-fluoro-1H- F N indazole 0.62 6e H carboxylic acid 2 N (1.1 g, 5,80 180 H mmol) O 6-fluoro-1H- H le 0.69 N carboxylic acid 1 F N (3.0 g, 16,65 180 mmol) 7-Methylpyrazolo [1,5- a]pyridine carboxylic acid 0.59 6g O (synthesised as N 2 H described in J.

N N H Comb. Chem., 2005, 7, 309-316; 160 mg, 0.91 mmol) N 7-(trifluoromethyl) H -1H-indazole 0.77 N carboxylic acid 2 (2.0 g, 6.08 230 F F mmol) e 6i F F Cesium carbonate (1.37 g, 4,19 mmol) is added to a solution of 6h (800 mg, 3,49 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). After 15 min, Iodomethane (215 µl, 3.49 mmol) is added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After 5 min the reaction is diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated ammonium chloride and water. The organic layer is separated and dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a the title compound (800 mg, 85% content, 80%), that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0,93 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 244 (M+H)+ The following e is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 6a: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS Rt [min], method, MS (APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ Br O 3.20 N bromoindolizine- 6j N H 2-carboxylic acid H 239 (975 mg, 4.0 mmol) Example 7a Burgess reagent (1.7 g, 7.19 mmol) is added to a solution of 6a (840 mg, 4.79 mmol) in DCM (15 mL), and the mixture is heated for 3h at 35°C. The reaction is diluted with DCM, washed with 0.2N hydrochloric acid and brine. The c layer is separated and dried with a Phase tor cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a crude that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-20% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to h the title compound (680 mg, 90%).

GC-MS (Method 13): Rt = 9.74 min MS (EI pos): m/z = 157 [M]+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 7a: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS or MS UPLC-MS (ESI pos, Rt [min], method m/z) (M+H)+ Example 6b N 1.24 7b N (979 mg, 3.81 234 mmol) Example 6c 9.49 (935 mg, 5.021 13 168 [M]+ mmol) (GC-MS) Example 6d F 2.33 7d N (640 mg, 3,31 176 N mmol) Example 7e Trifluoroacetic anhydride (1.16 mL, 8,37 mmol) is added to a solution of 6e (600 mg, 3,35 mmol) in pyridine (6 mL) and DCM (15 mL). After 30 min the reaction is diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, saturated NH4Cl, water and brine. The organic layer is separated and dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to furnish the title nd (500 mg, 93%), that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0,91 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 162 (M+H)+ The following es are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 7e: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS or MS UPLC-MS (ESI pos, Rt [min], method m/z) (M+H)+ Example 6f 0.85 7f N (1.20 g, 6,70 162 F N 2 mmol) Example 6g 0.89 7g (109 mg, 0.62 158 N 2 N mmol) Example Structure Reactant(s) 1H NMR N 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- Example 6i d6): δ 4.26-4.28 (3H, m), 7.59 (800 mg, 90% 7h N (1H, dd, J=7.8, 7.8 Hz), 8.08 N content, 2,96 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 8.28 (1H, F mmol) F F d, J=8.2 Hz) Example 7i Cesium ate (1.31 g, 4,03 mmol) is added to a solution of 7e (500 mg, 3,10 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). After 15 min, iodomethane (192 µl, 3,10 mmol) is added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring overnight the reaction is diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated ammonium chloride and water. The organic layer is separated and dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a crude that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-20% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (340 mg, 63%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0,99 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 176 (M+H)+ The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the ation of example 7i: Example Structure nt(s) HPLC-MS or MS UPLC-MS (ESI pos, Rt [min], method m/z) (M+H)+ Example 7f 1.09 7j N (600 mg, 3.72 176 F N 1 mmol) Example 7k 1-Chloromethylphthalazine (5.00 g, 28.00 mmol), Zinc cyanide (3.62 g, 30,79 mmol), 1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (1.40 g, 2,52 mmol), Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (1.03 g, 1,12 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) were heated at 100°C for 3h. The reaction is d with EtOAc/water. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a e that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-60% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to h the title compound (4.17 g, 88%).

GC-MS (Method 13): Rt = 10.85 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 169 [M]+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 7k: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS or MS UPLC-MS (ESI pos, Rt [min], method m/z) (M+H)+ 8-Chloro N methyl-1,7- N 3.26 7l naphthyridine 170 (700 mg, 3,92 mmol) Example 7m N N Ammonia in ol (7M, 3,5 ml, 24 mmol) is added to 8-Bromomethylimidazo[1, 2-a]pyridine hydrochloride (3.00 g, 12,1 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). les are evaporated, DCM and water are added, the organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a e (2.55 g). Part of such material (1.00 g, 4,74 mmol), Zinc cyanide (601 mg, 5,12 mmol), Zinc (31 mg, 0,47 mmol), 1,1'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (347 mg, 0,47 mmol), 1,1'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (263 mg, 0,47 mmol) in N,N- dimethyl acetamide (10 mL) are heated at 150°C for 1h under microwave irradiation.

The reaction is diluted with EtOAc/water. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is washed with DCM and the resulting solid collected by filtration to furnish the title compound (650 mg, 98% content, 86%).

HPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 2.43 min MS : m/z = 158 (M+H)+ Example 7n n-Butyllithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 29 mL, 72 mmol) is added dropwise to N-tert-butyl- 4-chloropyridinecarboxamide (7.00 g, 32.9 mmol) in THF (70 mL) at -78°C. After 1h at -78°C iodomethane (6.8 mL, 109 mmol) is added and stirring is continued for 1h. Saturated NH4Cl (10 mL) is added and the c layer is separated, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-20% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to h N-tert-butylchloro- 3-methyl-pyridinecarboxamide (5.7 g, 76%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.08 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 227 (M+H)+ llithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 28 mL, 70 mmol) is added dropwise to diisopropylamine (10 mL, 70 mmol) in THF (100 mL) at -78°C. After 1h at -78°C and min at 0°C the reaction mixture is cooled to -50°C and N-tert-butylchloro methyl-pyridinecarboxamide (5.7 g, 25 mmol) in THF (50 mL) is added dropwise and stirring is continued for 30 min at -40°C. Methyl acetate (2.2 mL, 28 mmol) is added and stirring is continued for 30 min at -40°C. Saturated NH4Cl (2 mL), water (6 mL) and ethyl acetate are added and the organic layer is separated, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a e that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-10% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish 4-chloro(2-oxo- propyl)-pyridinecarboxylic acid tert-butylamide (3.7 g, 55%).

UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 1.05 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 269 (M+H)+ Trimethylboroxine (5.7 mL, 41 mmol) is added to 4-chloro(2-oxo-propyl)-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid utylamide (3.63 g, 13.5 mmol), ium carbonate (9.33 g, 67.5 mmol) and 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride dichloromethane complex (1.10 g, 1.35 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) and the reaction mixture is heated at 100°C overnight. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved with EtOAc/water. The organic layer is separated, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-30% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish 4-methyl(2-oxopropyl )-pyridinecarboxylic acid tert-butylamide (2.61 g, 78%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.96 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 249 (M+H)+ Ammonium acetate (10.0 g, 130 mmol) followed by 4-methyl(2-oxo-propyl)- necarboxylic acid tert-butylamide (1.61 g, 6.48 mmol) are added to acetic acid (20 mL) and the reaction mixture is heated at 110°C for 3h. The reaction mixture is cooled to RT and 20% NaOH is added until pH 6-7. The aqueous layer is extracted with DCM (3 times) and the ed organic layers are washed with brine, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish 4,6-dimethyl-[1,7]naphthyridinol (1.12 g, 99%) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.62 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 175 (M+H)+ 4,6-Dimethyl-[1,7]naphthyridinol (1.26 g, 7.23 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (6.7 mL, 72 mmol) in toluene (18 mL) are heated at 100°C ght. Phosphorus oxychloride (20 mL, 215 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is heated at 104°C for 1d. The reaction mixture is cooled to RT and poured in a mixture of ice and water under ng. After 30 min 20% NaOH is added until pH 6-7. The aqueous layer is extracted with DCM and the combined c layers are washed with brine, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-50% cyclohexane) to furnish 8-chloro-4,6-dimethyl- [1,7]naphthyridine (920 mg, 66%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.96 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 193 (M+H)+ 8-Chloro-4,6-dimethyl-[1,7]naphthyridine (1.34 g, 6,96 mmol), Zinc cyanide (898 mg, 7,65 mmol), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (347 mg, 0,63 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (255 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) were heated at 100°C overnight. The reaction is d with EtOAc/water. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-50% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to h the title compound (1.02 g, 80%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.88 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 184 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 7a: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS or MS UPLC-MS (ESI pos, Rt [min], method m/z) (M+H)+ Example 6j N 1.15 7o N (806 mg, 3.37 221 mmol) Example 8a Under nitrogen atmosphere, dry THF (22 mL) is added to anhydrous Cerium (III) chloride (3.2 g, 13 mmol) at 0°C. The reaction is allowed to reach RT and stirred for 2h. At -78°C methyllithium as a complex with Lithium Iodide (1.6M in ethyl ether, 8,1mL, 13.1 mmol) is added and stirring is continued for 30 minutes at -78°C. A solution of 7a (680 mg, 4.32 mmol) in THF dry (3 mL) is added to the mixture and stirring is continued for 30 s at -78°C and then ght at RT. Saturated NH4Cl and NaOH (50% in water) are added to the mixture until a precipitate forms.

Undissolved material is ed away on a celite pad. The filtrate is washed with water, separated and dried with a phase separator dge. The solvent is evaporated under reduce pressure to obtain a crude (350 mg, 30%) used in the next step without any further purification.

GC-MS (Method 13): Rt = 9,85 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 189 [M]+ The following examples are synthesized in y to the preparation of example 8a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos, m/z) (M+H)+ Example 7b 0.84 8b N (900 mg, 3.78 249 N 2 mmol) N H Example 7c 8c 0.58 (370 mg, 2.20 201 mmol) Imidazo[1,2- H a]pyridine H N 0.55 8d N carbonitrile 176 (350 mg, 2.44 mmol) 4-cyanoquinoline 0.62 8e (400 mg, 2.595 187 N 2 N H H mmol) Example 8f Example 8f is prepared as described for example 8a using 3-methylisoquinoline carbonitrile (350 mg, 2.08 mmol) as starting material. Following work-up, the ing residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 100% DCM to .5 DCM/MeOH/NH4OH) to furnish the title nd (162 mg, 39%).

GC-MS (Method 13): Rt = 10.28 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 200 [M]+ The following example are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 8f: Example ure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos, m/z) (M+H)+ F 3-trifluoromethyl- F pyridine 0.64 8g carbonitrile 205 N 2 H N (300 mg, 1.74 H mmol) Example 8h Example 8h is prepared as described for example 8a using 1-cyanoisoquinoline (400 mg, 2.6 mmol) as starting material. At the reaction completion, 3-propanol (3mL) is added to the mixture. The reaction mixture is partitioned between DCM and water.

Organic phase is ted and dried with a phase separator cartridge. The solvent is evaporated under reduce pressure to obtain a crude (350 mg, 30%) that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 100% DCM to 95:5:0.5 DCM/MeOH/NH4OH) to furnish the title compound (37 mg, 6%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0,65 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 187 (M+H)+ Example 8i N H magnesium bromide in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (3.2M, 6.3 mL, 20.10 mmol) is added dropwise to omethyl-pyridine (1 g, 8.04 mmol) in dry toluene (7 mL) at 0°C. The reaction is allowed to reach RT and heating is continued for 72h at 90°C. 2N HCl is added and the aqueous layer is separated and then basified with 4N NH4OH. Ethyl acetate is added and the organic layer is separated, dried using a phase separator cartridge and the ing solution is evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is used as such (840 mg, 30%) UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 0.55 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 151 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in y to the preparation of example 8i: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], (ESI pos, method m/z) (M+H)+ Isoquinoline- 8j H carbonitrile 0.60 H (500 mg, 3.243 2 mmol) 2-quinoline- 8k N H carbonitrile 0.63 H (500 mg, 3.243 2 mmol) The following examples are synthesized in y to the preparation of example 8a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos, m/z) (M+H)+ F N Example 7d 0.62 191 (M- 8l NH (350 mg, 2.00 N 2 NH2)+ mmol) H Example 7i N 0.64 191 (M- 8m NH (300 mg, 1,71 2 NH2)+ N mmol) N Example 7j 0.68 191 (M- 8n NH (300 mg, 1,71 F N 1 NH2)+ mmol) N Example 7h 0.77 241 (M- 8o NH (400 mg, 1.78 N 2 NH2)+ F mmol) F F N Example 7k 8p N 0.57 (2.80 g, 16.6 202 N mmol) Example 7l N 0.62 8q N (300 mg, 1.77 202 H 2 N mmol) H Example 7m N (300 mg, 98% 0.29 8r H 190 N content, 1.87 2 N mmol) 1-Methyl N Isoquinolinecarbo 0.60 8s e 201 N (500 mg, 2.97 H mmol) Chloroimidazo[2, N 1-b][1,3]thiazole- 0.60 8t N H 216 S 5-carbonitrile 2 N Cl (500 mg, 2.72 mmol) Methylindolizine- H N 1-carbonitrile 0.96 172 (M- 8u N (prepared as 2 NH2)+ described in WO 2003/000688, 600 mg, 3.84 mmol) Methylimidazo[1, 0.53 8v N N 2-a]pyridine 190 H H carbonitrile (400 mg, 2.55 mmol) Imidazo[1,2-a] pyridine 0.43 8w N 176 H N carbonitrile (800 2 mg, 5.59 mmol) N Imidazo[1,2-a] N pyridine 0.27 8x N H 176 itrile (400 2 mg, 2.79 mmol) Imidazo[1,2- a]pyridine 0.25 8y N 176 carbonitrile (400 2 H H mg, 2.79 mmol) N Indolizine 0.63 158 (M- 8z H N carbonitrile (400 H 2 NH2)+ mg, 2.81 mmol) 0.61 173 (M- 8aa N Example 7g (97 N N H mg, 0.62 mmol) 2 NH2)+ 8ab N Example 7n (300 0.74 N 216 mg, 1.64 mmol) 2 N e 7o (400 0.78 236 (M- mg, 1.81 mmol) 2 NH2)+ H H 2,6- H Dimethylnicotinon 0.52, 0.57 8ad N 165 H itrile (200 mg, 2 1.51 mmol) 2,3- Dihydrobenzofura H ncarbonitrile 0.63 (racemic N 178 H (racemic mixture) 2 mixture) O (220 mg, 1.52 mmol) 3,4-Dihydro-2H- 1-benzopyran 8af H N carbonitrile 0.65 (racemic H 192 (racemic mixture) 2 mixture) O (500 mg, 3.14 mmol) 4,6- H 0.54-0.61 N Dimethylnicotinon 165 H 2 8ag N itrile (355 mg, 2.69 mmol) e 9a N O H H O O HATU (326 mg, 0.858 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (150 mg, 0.660 mmol), example 8i (397 mg, 30% content, 0.92 mmol) and DIPEA (345 µl, 1,98 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL) and stirring is continued for 2h.Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a e that is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layers is separated, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent DCM 100% to DCM\MeOH\NH4OH 95\5\0.5) to furnish the title compound (104 mg, 95%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.49 (t, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 1.54 (s, 6H), 1.69 (br t, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 3.26- 3.30 (br d, J = 11.7, Hz 2H), 3.45- 3.49 (br d, J = 11.7, Hz 2H), 7.08 (dd, J = 4.7, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J = 1.5, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (dd, J = 1.6, 5 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H) The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the ation of example 9a: Example ure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS or MS UPLC-MS (ESI pos Rt [min], or APCI, method m/z) (M+H)+ N Example 8a N O (1,060 g, 70% 3.03 9b H 399 t, 3,921 8 H H mmol) O O N Example 8b 9c N O H (972 mg, 30% 1.32 H H content, 1.099 2 N mol) O O O Example 8f 9d N 3.61 (161 mg, 0.804 410 H H 8 mmol) O O Example 8g 9e N O H (70 mg, 60% 3.11 H H content, 0.206 8 mol) O O N Example 8h 9f N O 1.14 H (37 mg, 0.165 396 H H mmol) O O Example 9g N O H H O O Example 9g is prepared as described for the example 9a using 8d (130 mg, 60% content, 0.445 mmol) as starting material. Following the work-up, the residue is purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). ons containing the title compound are combined, acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced re, the aqueous layer is basified with sat. NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer is separated and dried using a phase separator cartridge and the ing solution is evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (142 mg, 83%).

S (Method 8): Rt = 2.62 min MS (APCI): m/z = 385 (M+H)+ Example 9h N O H H O O Example 9h is prepared as described for the example 9a using 8e (100 mg, 90% content, 0.483 mmol) as starting al. ing the work-up, the residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 60-100% EtOAc/cyclohexane). Fractions containing the title compound are combined, the solvent is evaporated under d pressure to furnish the title compound (144 mg, 76%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.85 MS (APCI): m/z = 396 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 9h: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ Example 8c 9i N O H (454 mg, 33% 2.67 408 H H content, 0.748 11 (M-H) mmol) O O 9j N Example 8k N O (300 mg, 75% 3.09 content, 1.208 11 H H mmol) O O S 2-(4-methyl-1,3- 9k N thiazol N O 2.80 H pan 366 H H 8 amine (69 mg, N 0.440 mmol) O O Example 9l N O H H O O Example 9l is ed as described for the example 9a using 8j (620 mg, 30% content, 0.964 mmol) as starting material. Following the work-up, the residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 30-100% EtOAc/cyclohexane). Fractions containing the title compound are combined, the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is re purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under d pressure. The aqueous layer is extracted with DCM, separated and the DCM is evaporated to furnish the title compound (62 mg, 16%) HPLC-MS d 10): Rt = 2.84 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 396 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 9h: Example ure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ N Example 8l 9m N O (358 mg, 65% H 1.11 content, 1.12 417 H H 2 mmol) O O O N N e 8m 9n (70 mg, 40% 1.13 H H 417 content, 0.14 2 mmol) O O N Example 8n O N N 9o H (90 mg, 40% 1.69 H H 417 content, 0.17 4 N mmol) O O O N N Example 8o 9p (200 mg, 72% 1.29 H H 467 content, 0.56 2 mmol) O O Example 9q N O H H O O e 9q is prepared as described for the example 9a using 8p (1.70 g, 13% content, 1.10 mmol) as starting material. Following the work-up, the residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent EtOAc, then 5% MeOH in DCM).

Fractions containing the title compound are combined, the t is evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is further purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase XTerra C18 OBD 5 μm 30 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5 mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The s layer is extracted with DCM, separated and the DCM is ated to furnish the title compound (110 mg, 98% content, 24%) HPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 4.05 MS (APCI): m/z = 411 (M+H)+ Example 9r N O H H O O Example 9r is prepared as described for the e 9a using 8q (190 mg, 80% content, 0.76 mmol) as starting al. Following the work-up, the residue is purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase XTerra C18 OBD 5 μm 30 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5 mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer is extracted with DCM, separated and the DCM is evaporated to furnish the title compound (240 mg, 98% content, 76%) HPLC-MS (Method 4): Rt = 2.00 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 411 (M+H)+ Example 9s N N O H H O O Example 9s is prepared as described for the example 9a using 8r (390 mg, 6% content, 0.12 mmol) as starting material. Following the work-up, the residue is purified by preparative HPLC onary phase XTerra C18 OBD 5 μm 30 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + H 5 mM). Fractions containing the title compound are ed and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer is extracted with DCM, separated and the DCM is evaporated to furnish the residue, that is further purified by flash tography (eluent 0-10% MeOH/DCM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (20 mg, 41%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6): 1.39 (9H, s), 1.48 (1H, dd, J=3.2, 3.2 Hz), 1.64 (6H, s), 1.67-1.70 (2H, m), 2.68 (3H, s), 3.25 (2H, dd, J=9.5, 9.5 Hz), 3.46 (2H, dd, J=10.6, .6 Hz), 7.32 (1H, d, J=9.7 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=9.4 Hz), 7.59 (1H, d, J=1.2 Hz), 7.79 (1H, t, J=1.2 Hz), 8.52 (1H, s).

The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 9h: Example Structure Reactant(s) S MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ Example 8s 9t N O (540 mg, 90% 3.50 H 410 H H content, 2.43 10 mmol) O O The following e is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 9q: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ S N O H 3.23 H H Cl Example 8t 425 9u (850 mg, 33% O O content, 1.30 mmol) Example 9v N O H H O O HATU (223 mg, 0.587 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(benzyloxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (commercially available from Matrix Scientific,118 mg, 0,451 mmol), example 8u (100 mg, 85% content, 0.451 mmol) and DIPEA (236 µl, 1,35 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL) and stirring is continued for atiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The c layers is separated, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-25% cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (135 mg, 98% content, 68%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.26 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 432 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 9h: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos, m/z) (M+H)+ Example 8v 9w N O H (200 mg, 83% 0.93 H H content, 0.88 2 mmol) O O N N Example 8w 9x N O (300 mg, 70% H 0.93 content, 1.20 385 H H 2 mmol) O O Example 8x 9y N O H (530 mg, 50% 0.80 H H content, 1,51 385 mmol) O O N N e 8y N O H 0.87 9z (480 mg, 34% 385 H H 2 content, 0.93 N mmol) O O e 8z 9aa N O H (600 mg, 32% 1.22 H H content, 1.10 2 mmol) O O Example 8aa N O 9ab H (100 mg, 50% 1.08 H H 399 content, 0.26 2 N mmol) O O N Example 8ab 9ac N O (290 mg, 49% 1.40 H H 425 content, 0.66 2 N mmol) O O Example 8ac 9ad H N (458 mg, 20% O 1.37 H content, 0.36 462 H 2 mmol) H Example 8ad 9ae H H (203 mg, 70% 0.96 N content, 0.87 2 O O mmol) The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 9h: S MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ 9af O O Example 8ae (mixture N H (275 mg, 1.25 of 387 H H 65% content, 2 stereoiso 1.01 mmol) mers) N O O The stereoisomers of the example 9af are separated by HPLC using a chiral stationary phase.

Method for separation: HPLC apparatus type: Waters 600 Pump, 2767 Autosampler, UV Detector 2489; column: Daicel chiralpack AD-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 20 mm; method: eluent hexane/IPA 80:20; flow rate: 15 mL/min, temperature: 25°C; UV Detection: 230 nm.

Example 9ag: stereoisomer 1 Example 9ah: stereoisomer 2 Unknown absolute stereochemistry at Unknown absolute stereochemistry at OCH2C marked with an asterisk OCH2C marked with an sk * * O O O O N N H H H H H H N N O O O O Chiral HPLC HPLC-MS Example (Method 16) (Method 7a): MS (APCI): m/z Rt [min] Rt [min] 9ag 3.91 4.91 387 9ah 4.95 4.92 387 The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 9h: e ure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos, m/z) (M+H)+ O N e 8ag 9ai H H (180 mg, 60% 0.96 374 N content, 0.66 2 O O mmol) The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 9h: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ O Example 8af (mixture N H (520 mg, 317 of H H 401 46% content, 11 stereoiso 1.25 mmol) mers) N O O The stereoisomers of the example 9aj are separated by HPLC using a chiral stationary phase.

Method for separation: HPLC apparatus type: Waters 600 Pump, 2767 Autosampler, UV Detector 2489; column: Daicel chiralpack AD-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 20 mm; method: eluent hexane/IPA 75:25; flow rate: 15 mL/min, temperature: 25°C; UV Detection: 230 nm. e 9ak: stereoisomer 1 Example 9al: stereoisomer 2 Unknown absolute stereochemistry at Unknown absolute stereochemistry at CH2CH2C marked with an asterisk CH2CH2C marked with an asterisk O O * * N O N O H H H H H H N N O O O O Chiral HPLC HPLC-MS Example MS (ESI pos, m/z) (Method 14) (Method 11): (M+H)+ Rt [min] Rt [min] 9ak 3.54 3.16 401 9al 4.17 3.16 401 Example 10a Trimethylsilyldiazomethane (10% in ethyl ether, 10.5 mL, 6.17 mmol) is added dropwise to 2-chromanecarboxylic acid (1 g, 5.61 mmol) in dry DCM (8 mL) and MeOH (0.8 mL) cooled to 0oC. Stirring is continued for 60 min, then the solvents are evaporated under reduced re to furnish the title compound (1 g, 95%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.06 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 193 (M+H)+ Example 11a O H Under nitrogen flow, methylmagnesium bromide in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (3.2M, 3 mL, 9.74 mmol) is added se to example 10a (1 g, 4.82 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (20 mL) cooled to 0°C. ng is continued at 0°C for 5 min followed by 2h at rt.

The reaction mixture is cooled to 0°C and a satured solution of NH4Cl is added dropwise. EtOAc is added, the organic layer separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (915 mg, 89%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.72 min MS (APCI): m/z = 193 (M+H)+ Example 12a Sulfuric acid (0.27 mL, 4.71 mmol) is added dropwise to example 11a (1 g, 4.82 mmol) dissolved in dry ACN (0.900 mL) and acetic acid (0.51 mL, 8.56 mmol) cooled to 0°C. Stirring is continued at 0°C for 5 min ed by overnight at rt. 5M NH4OH followed by EtOAc are added to the reaction mixture. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over a phase separator cartridge and trated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 30-60% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (215 mg, 21%).

HPLC-MS d 8): Rt = 2.82 min MS (APCI): m/z = 234 (M+H)+ Example 13a O H Potassium hydroxide (289 mg, 5.14 mmol) is added to example 12a (150 mg, 0.643 mmol) dissolved in 1,2 methoxyethanol (1mL) and ethylene glycol (1mL). The reaction e is heated at reflux overnight. Water and EtOAc are added to the reaction mixture cooled to rt and the organic layer is separated and dried using a phase separator cartridge. Solvents are removed under reduce pressure to furnish a residue, purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). ons containing the title compound are ed, acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, the aqueous layer is ed with sat. NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer is separated and dried using a phase separator cartridge and the resulting solution is evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (40 mg, 32%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.20 min MS (APCI): m/z = 192 (M+H)+ Example 14a N O H H O O HATU (103 mg, 0.272 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (48 mg, 0.21 mmol), e 13a (40 mg, 0.21 mmol) and DIPEA (109 µl, 0.627 mmol) in dry DMF (1 mL) and stirring is continued for 2h at rt. les are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine.The organic layer is separated, dried on a Phase tor cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent 30-50% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (48 mg, 56%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 3.73 min MS : m/z = 401 (M+H) Example 15a O N H H H O O Example 3e (150 mg, 0.330 mmol), potassium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate (122 mg, 0.827 mmol), palladium (II) e (22 mg, 0.099 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (56 mg, 0.199 mmol) and tri potassium posphate (246 mg, 1.16 mmol) are dissolved in Toluene (2 mL) and water (0.200 mL) and the reaction mixture is heated at 120°C for 2h under microwave irradiation. The reaction is d with DCM/water. The organic layer is separated, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by preparative HPLC onary phase: Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined, evaporated under reduced pressure and freeze-dried to furnish the title compound (105 mg, 77%).

S (Method 2): Rt = 1.42 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 415 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 15a: UPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ O N O Example 3k 15b H H 1.52 (300 mg, 0.629 429 N mmol) O O Example 15c O N H H H O O Example 5i (85 mg ,0.17 mmol) and cyclopropylboronic acid (22 mg, 0.254 mmol) in dry 1,2-dimethoxyethane (1 mL) are degassed with a flow of nitrogen for 5 minutes.

Potassium carbonate (0.25 mL, 0.51 mmol) and tetrakis enylphosphine) palladium(0) (20 mg, 0.017 mmol) are added and the reaction mixture is heated at 90°C overnight. ropylboronic acid (43 mg, 0.50 mmol) and tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (39 mg, 0.034 mmol) are added and the on mixture is heated under microwave irradiations at 120°C for 40 min. Solvents are removed under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (48 mg, 83% content, 57%).

UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 1.12 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 416 (M+H)+ Example 15d O N N N H H O O e 5g (140 mg, 0.283 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (15 mL) and palladium (30 mg, 0.028 mmol) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated at 2 bar for 3h. The catalyst is removed by filtration and washed with MeOH. The resulting solution is evaporated under d pressure to furnish a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 60-90% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (60 mg, 54%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.83 min MS (APCI): m/z = 391 (M+H)+ Example 16a H O N-(Benzyloxycarbonyloxy)succinimide (5.2 g, 20.90 mmol) is added to a on of 1,1-dimethylpropargylamine (2 mL, 19 mmol) and TEA (3 mL, 20.90 mmol) in dry THF (60 mL) at 0°C. The mixture is allowed to reach rt and stirring is continued overnight. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue taken up with EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The organic layer is dried and evaporated under d pressure to furnish a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-20% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title nd (2.7 g, 65%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.87 min MS (APCI): m/z = 218 (M+H)+ Example 17a N N H F F 2-Bromo(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (1.5 g, 6.63 mmol) is added to a solution of example 16a (500 mg, 2.21 mmol) in TEA (3.5 mL, 25.25 mmol) and dry ACN (14 mL) at rt. Then Copper (I) Iodide (84 mg, 0.442 mmol) and robis(triphenylphosphine )palladium(II) (155 mg, 0.221 mmol) are added and stirring is continued overnight. Solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (800 mg, 99%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.23 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 363 (M+H)+ The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 17a: Example Structure nt(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ 2-Bromo 17b O methylpyridine 1.15 N N H (0.74 mL, 6,628 2 mmol) Example 18a F F Example 17a (800 mg, 2.075 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (30 mL) and ium (50 mg, 0.470 mmol) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated at 1 bar overnight and then at 3 bar for 72h. The catalyst is removed by filtration and washed with MeOH. The resulting solution is evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (432 mg, 90%).

HPLC-MS d 8): Rt = 1.93 min MS (APCI): m/z = 233 (M+H)+ The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 18a: UPLC-MS Example Structure Reactant(s) (ESI pos, m/z) Rt [min], method (M+H)+ N H Example 17b 18b N 0.60 (540 mg, 1.751 179 mmol) Example 19a O O O N F H H F HATU (184 mg, 0.484 mmol) is added to 1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (100 mg, 0.440 mmol), example 18a (102 mg, 0.440 mmol) and DIPEA (228 µl, 1.32 mmol) in dry DMF (6 mL) and stirring is continued for 2h.Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude is taken up with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The c layers is separated, dried on a Phase tor cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-70% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (142 mg, 73%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.24 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 442 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 19a: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ O O Example 18b 19b H H 3.03 (78 mg, 0.440 388 H 8 N O mmol) Example 20a H N H O N O 2-(aminomethyl)pyridine (532 mg, 4.920 mmol), TEA (2 mL, 14.760 mmol) and TBTU (1.6 g, 4.920 mmol) are added in sequence to 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino methylpropionic acid (1 g, 4.920 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (10 mL). Stirring is continued overnight at rt. The solvent is ated, the residue is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1N NaOH solution and brine. The organic layer is dried, filtered and evaporated under d pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 50-100% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (835 mg, 58%).

S (Method 2): Rt = 0.79 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 294 (M+H)+ The following e is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 20a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ N 1-Pyridinyl- 0.87 20b H ethylamine 308 H N 2 O N (285 mg) Example 20c O O N N H N H 4-aminomethylpyrimidine (1 g, 9.16 mmol) is dissolved in dry DCM (20 mL), TEA (3.8 mL, 27.849 mmol), HATU (3.5 g, 9.16 mmol), N-carbobenzyloxymethylalanine (2.1 g, 9.16 mmol) are added and the mixture is stirred at rt overnight. The reaction is d with water , the organic layer is washed with 1N NaOH and brine, dried, filtered and evaporated to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent EtOAc 100%) to furnish the title compound (1.6 g) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.76 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 329 (M+H)+ Example 20d O O N F rifluoromethyl-pyridinyl)-methylamine ochloride (0.5 g, 2.01 mmol), 2- tert-butoxycarbonylaminomethylpropionic acid (0.45 g, 2.21 mmol), TBTU (0.71g, 2.21 mmol) and triethylamine (1.15 mL, 8.23 mmol) are combined in dichloromethane (10 mL) and the mixture stirred for 1 hour. The mixture is washed with 0.2M aqueous NaOH, dried over sodium sulphate and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash tography (eluent 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (703 mg, 97%).

S (Method 2): Rt = 1.00 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 362 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 20d (using HATU as the coupling agent where specified): LC-MS Reactant(s) (ESI pos or Example Structure Rt [min], Conditions APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ C-(3- N trifluoromethyl- HN F pyridin 1.02 20e O O O N F 362 F yl)methylamine Method 2 hloride (300 mg) C-(5- N trifluoromethyl- O pyridin 1.04 20f O O N 362 yl)methylamine Method 2 F hydrochloride F F (500 mg) 20g 1-(3-fluoropyridin- 0.82 312 HN 2-yl)methanamine Method 2 O F O O N (1 g) 20h C-(3-Methoxy- 0.68 324 HN pyridinyl)- Method 1 O O O O N methylamine dihydrochloride (1 g) HATU overnight reaction 20i ethyl 0.98 322 HN pyridinyl)ethanami Method 2 O O N ne (1 g) HATU 4 day reaction 20j (3-chloropyridin 0.91 328/330 HN yl)methanamine Method 1 O Cl O O N (1 g) HATU overnight reaction 20k (5-fluoropyridin 0.85 312 HN yl)methanamine Method 2 O O N ochloride (1 g) F HATU 4 day reaction 20l (6-fluoropyridin 2.05 310 HN yl)methanamine Method 11 (ES-) [M-H]- O O N (1 g) F overnight reaction 20m 1-(4-Methoxy- 0.98 338 HN pyridinyl)- Method 2 O O N ethylamine hydrochloride prepared as described in DE2415063 (317 mg) HATU overnight reaction 20n ethyl- 3.60 308 HN pyridinyl)- Method 7a O O N amine (509 mg) overnight reaction 20o C-(3-Methyl- 0.90 320 N pyridinyl)- Method 2 O methylamine O O N (500 mg) Bocamino cyclobutanecarbox ylic acid (880 mg) overnight reaction 20p H C-(3-Methyl- 0.66 306 HN pyridinyl)- Method 1 O O N methylamine (500 mg) Bocamino cyclopropanecarbo xylic acid (823 mg) overnight reaction 20q C-(5-fluoro 1.04 326 HN methyl-pyridin Method 2 O O N yl)-methylamine (202 mg) F HATU overnight reaction 20r H C-(3- 1.09 378 HN trifluoromethoxy- Method 2 O OCF3 O O N pyridinyl)- methylamine (860 mg) overnight on 20s H C-(3-Methyl- 0.93 294 HN pyridinyl)- Method 2 O O N methylamine (1.94 g) Boc-Ala-OH (3.0 g) overnight reaction 20t H C-(3-Methyl- 0.93 294 HN pyridinyl)- Method 2 O O N methylamine (1.61 g) Boc-D-Ala-OH (2.50 g) ght reaction 20u H 2-Aminomethyl 0.78 329 HN pyrazine Method 2 O O N (1.00 g) Cbz-Aib-OH (2.17 g) overnight reaction 20v O C-(3-Methyl- 0.86 350 H pyridinyl)- Method 2 HN methylamine O O N (470 mg) 4-N-Boc-amino carboxytetrahydro pyran (945 mg) 3 day reaction 20w C-(3-Methyl- 1.02 334 H pyridinyl)- Method 2 HN methylamine O O N (530 mg) 2-([(tertbutoxy )carbonyl]a mino) cyclopropylpropan oic acid (1.0 g) overnight reaction Example 21a O N Example 20a (685 mg, 2.335 mmol) is dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and cooled to 0°C, then Burgess reagent (610 mg, 2.560 mmol) is added. The e is allowed to reach rt and ng is continued overnight. The reaction mixture is washed with water and brine. The organic layer is dried, filtered and ated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent EtOAc/cyclohexane :70) to furnish the title compound (258 mg, 40%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.91 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 276 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 21a: UPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ e 20b O N 0.97 21b N (470 mg, 1.53 290 O 2 mmol) Example 21c O H Example 21a (400 mg, 1.453 mmol), N-iodosuccinimide (654 mg, 2.905 mmol) and nium p-toluenesulfonate (36 mg, 0.15 mmol) are dissolved in DCM (5 mL) and the reaction is d for 1h.

The mixture is shaken with 10% sodium thiosulfate solution, the phases separated, the organic phase dried and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (0-100% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (260 mg, 90% content, 45 %) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.17 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 402 (M+H)+ Example 21d N F O H e 21c (260 mg, 90% content, 0.583 mmol), 2,2-difluoro (fluorosulfonyl)acetate (0.370 mL, 2.916 mmol) and copper (I) iodide (133 mg, 0.700 mmol) are dissolved in 1-methylpyrrolidinone (4 mL) and the reaction is stirred at 110 ° for 90 s. The mixture is cooled, diluted with water and ted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts are dried and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (0-50% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (51 mg, 90% content, 23%) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.21 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 344 (M+H)+ Example 21e O N O N Example 20c (841 mg) is suspended in phosphorus oxychloride (17 mL, 177.39 mmol) and 8 drops of dry DMF are added. The mixture is heated at 100°C for 3h.

The mixture is cooled and solvent evaporated. The residue is partioned in a mixture of 1N NaOH and EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried filtered and evaporated to give a e purified by flash chromatography (first eluent EtOAc 100%, second eluent MeOH 100%) to furnish the title compound (70 mg) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.73 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 311 (M+H)+ Example 21f O H Example 21a (998 mg, 3.62 mmol) is ved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. N-bromosuccinimide (677 mg, 3.81 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for one hour. ted sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution is added, the mixture shaken, the phases separated, the organic phase dried and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (0-50% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (785 mg, 61%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.13 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 354/356 (M+H)+ Example 21g O H e 21f (200 mg, 0.56 mmol), potassium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate (167 mg, 1.13 mmol), Potassium triphosphate (419 mg, 1.98 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (32 mg, 0.11 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (13 mg, 0.06 mmol) are suspended in a e of toluene (5 mL) and water (0.2 mL) in a microwave vial and degassed for minutes with a flow of nitrogen gas. The mixture is heated under microwave irradiation for 5 hours at 120 °C then allowed to cool and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The phases are separated, the c phase dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (0-2% methanol in dichloromethane) to give the title compound (40 mg, 23%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.16 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 316 (M+H)+ Example 21h O H The title compound is isolated as an impure byproduct in the preparation of Example 21d.

S (Method 2): Rt = 1.03 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 322 (M+H)+ Example 21i N 2 O H Example 21h (52 mg, crude material) is suspended in 0.5 M ammonia solution in dry dioxane and the mixture stirred overnight. The solvent is removed under vacuum to give the title compound as a crude material which is used t further cation (52 mg, 50% content).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.86 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 319 (M+H)+ Example 21j O H e 21i (51 mg, 50% content) and Burgess reagent (38 mg, 0.16 mmol) are suspended in dry dichloromethane (5 mL) and the mixture stirred overnight. Water is added, the phases are separated, the organic phase dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (0-50% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (22 mg, 91%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.00 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 301 (M+H)+ Example 21k O H e 21f (229 mg, 0.65 mmol), potassium 3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran yl(trifluoro)boron (184 mg, 0.97 mmol), Potassium triphosphate (412 mg, 1.94 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (75 mg, 0.06 mmol) are suspended in a e of dioxane (5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) in a screwtop tube and degassed for 5 minutes with a flow of argon gas. The mixture is heated 4 hours at 100 °C then allowed to cool and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The phases are separated, the organic phase washed with brine and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography % ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (41 mg).

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.81 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 358 (M+H)+ Example 21l O N Example 20h (1.51 g, 4.67 mmol) is suspended in DCM (40 mL) and Burgess reagent (1.22 g, 5.14 mmol) is added. The mixture is allowed to stirred overnight then washed with 0.2M aqueous NaOH solution. The organic layer is dried, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash tography (eluent 0-100% ethyl acetate in exane) to furnish the title compound (751 mg, 53%).

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.77 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 306 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 21l: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) ions method (M+H)+ Example 20f O N 0.97 21m N (630 mg, 1.74 344 O Method 1 F mmol) F F Example 20d (703 mg, 1.95 N mmol) O N 1.08 21n N H F 2.3 equivalents of 344 O Method 2 F F Burgess reagent. 3 days room temp then 8h at 70 °C N Example 20e O N F (495 mg, 1.37 1.11 21o N F 344 O mmol) Method 2 3 days reaction N Example 20n O N (1.20 g, 3.55 4.02 21p N 290 O mmol) Method 7a 4 days reaction N Example 20g O N 0.97 21q N (1.0 g, 3.21 mmol) 294 O Method 2 3 days on N Example 20i 1.05 21r O N N (2.04 g, 6.33 304 H Method 2 O mmol) N Example 20j 21s Cl O N 0.84 N (2.30 g, 7.02 310/312 O Method 1 mmol) N Example 20k 21t O N (0.55 g, 1.78 0.93 N 294 O mmol) Method 2 28 days reaction N Example 20o 21u O N (1.16 g, 3.63 1.12 N 302 O mmol) Method 2 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d (rotamers) δ 1.18 (br, m, 2H), N Example 20p 1.23 (br, m, 2H), 1.30 (br, s, 21v O N (0.77 g, 2.52 9H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 6.56 (ddd, J O mmol) = 1.1, 2.0, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (dd, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (br, s, 1H), 8.48 (br, d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H) N Example 20l 21x O N (260 mg, 0.84 0.75 N 294 O F mmol) Method 1 3 days reaction 21y N e 20r 1.19 360 O N 3 N (130 mg, 0.61 Method 2 O mmol) 21z N Example 20m 1.05 320 O N (260 mg, 0.77 Method 2 O O mmol) 4 days reaction 21aa N Example 20q 1.11 308 O N N (102 mg, 0.31 Method 2 O mmol) 21ab N Example 20s 1.11 276 O N N (3.60 g, 12.3 Method 2 O mmol) 21ac N Example 20t 1.07 276 O N N (3.50 g, 11.9 Method 2 O mmol) e 21ad O N Example 21q (200 mg, 0.68 mmol) is suspended in DCM (4 mL) and cooled to 0 °C.

N-iodosucciminide (153 mg, 0.68 mmol) is added and the mixture stirred at 0 °C for minutes. 10% s sodium thiosulfate solution is added, the mixture shaken and the phases separated. The organic layer is evaporated under reduced re to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-50% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (200 mg, 70%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.17 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 420 (M+H)+ Example 21ae N F O N Example 21ad (200 mg, 0.48 mmol), methyl 2,2-difluoro(fluorosulfonyl)acetate (182 µL, 1.43 mmol) and copper(I)iodide (136 mg, 0.72 mmol) are suspended in N- methylpyrrolidinone (4 mL) and heated at 110°C for 50 minutes. The mixture is cooled in ice, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is evaporated under reduced re to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-50% ethyl acetate in exane) to furnish the title compound (150 mg, 78%).

UPLC-MS (Method 12): Rt = 3.68 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 462 (M+H)+ Example 21af O N Example 21q (1.3 g, 4.43 mmol) is suspended in DCM (12 mL) and cooled to 0 °C.

N-bromosucciminide (0.83 g, 4.65 mmol) is added and the mixture stirred at 0 °C for 60 minutes. Saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution is added, the e stirred for 30 minutes and the phases separated. The organic layer is evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-50% ethyl acetate in exane) to h the title compound (600 mg, 36%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.22 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 372/374 (M+H)+ Example 21ag O N Example 21af (600 mg, 1.61 mmol), ium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate (477 mg, 3.22 mmol), Potassium triphosphate (1.20g mg, 5.64 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (90 mg, 0.32 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (36 mg, 0.16 mmol) are ded in a mixture of e (17 mL) and water (0.2 mL) in a ave vial and degassed for 5 minutes with a flow of nitrogen gas. The mixture is heated under ave irradiation for 2 x 5 hours at 120 °C then allowed to cool and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The phases are separated, the organic phase filtered through decalite and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (0-20% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (170 mg, 30%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.34 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 334 (M+H)+ Example 21ah O N Example 21af (270 mg, 0.73 mmol), trimethylboroxine (274 mg, 2.18 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.20g mg, 5.64 mmol), and palladium (II) (dppf) dichloride dichloromethane complex (59 mg, 0.07 mmol) are suspended in DMF (3 mL) and degassed for 5 minutes with a flow of nitrogen gas. The mixture is heated in a sealed tube for 2 hours at 100 °C then allowed to cool and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The phases are separated and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (0-20% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title nd (110 mg, 42%).

S (Method 2): Rt = 1.11 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 308 (M+H)+ Example 21ai O N H N Example 20u (220 mg, 0.67 mmol) is suspended in phosphorus oxychloride (3 mL) and heated at 100°C for 2h. The mixture is cooled and solvent ated. The residue is partioned in a mixture of 1N NaOH and EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried, filtered and evaporated to give a residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent Ethyl acetate/cyclohexane 8:3) to furnish the title compound (38 mg) HPLC-MS d 9): Rt = 2.12 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 311 (M+H)+ Example 21aj O N The title nd is prepared in analogy to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 20a and Example 21a starting from Cbz-Aib-OH in place of Boc-Aib-OH HPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.04 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 310 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 21l: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) Conditions method (M+H)+ e 20v O N 0.94 21ak N H (1.29 g, 3.69 332 O Method 2 mmol) N Example 20w 1.09 21al O N (1.40 g, 3.95 316 H Method 2 O mmol) Example 22a H N 2M Hydrogen chloride in ethyl ether (3 mL, 6 mmol) is added to example 21a (258 mg, 0.937 mmol) dissolved in dry ethyl ether (7 mL). ng is continued at rt for 5h.

The t is evaporated and and the residue is used as such (187 mg, 90%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.57 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 176 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 22a: UPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 21d H F (51 mg, 90% N F content, 0.134 1.00 22b 244 N mmol) 2 H Using HCl 4M in dioxane Example 21b 0.62 22c N N (280 mg, 0.968 226 H 2 H mmol) Example 22d Example 21e (70 mg) is dissolved in MeOH (30 mL) and water (2 mL) and the solution is hydrogenated (3 bar) in the presence of palladium (10% on carbon, 46 mg) for 1h.

The solids are removed by filtration through a dicalite pad and the resulting on is evaporated to give the title compound (53 mg) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.28 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 177 (M+H)+ Example 22da Example 21ai (34 mg) is dissolved in ethyl acetate (2 mL) and the solution is hydrogenated (1.6 bar) in the presence of palladium (10% on carbon, 24 mg) for 2h.

The solids are removed by filtration through a dicalite pad and the resulting solution is evaporated to give the title compound (13 mg) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.73 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 159 )+ Example 22e .HCl 4M Hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL, 4 mmol) is added to e 21g (40 mg, 0.12 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 1 hour. The solvent is evaporated and the e is used without purification (30 mg, 99%).

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.571 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 199 )+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 22e: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) Conditions method (M+H)+ Example 21m N 0.73 22f H N 2 (40 mg, 0.10 227 (M-NH2)+ .HCl Method 1 F mmol) F F 22g N e 21n 0.71 244 N (60 mg, 0.16 Method 1 2 F .HCl mmol) 22h Br Example 21f 0.73 237/239 (M- (50 mg, 0.14 Method 2 NH2)+ H2N mmol) .HCl 22i N F Example 21o 0.80 227 (M-NH2)+ N F (61 mg, 0.18 Method 2 H N F 2 mmol) .HCl 22j N Example 21j 0.79 184 (M-NH2)+ N (22 mg, 0.07 Method 2 N mmol) .HCl 22k O Example 21k 0.69 241 (M-NH2)+ (41 mg, 0.11 Method 1 mmol) .HCl 22l N Example 21p 0.67 173 )+ N (585 mg, 2.02 Method 2 2 mmol) .HCl 2M HCl in diethyl ether (10 mL), methanol (3 mL) 22m F Example 21ae 0.97 245 (M-NH2)+ N (150 mg, 0.42 Method 2 F mmol) H2N Overnight reaction .HCl 22n N Example 21q 0.59 177 (M-NH2)+ N (60 mg, 0.20 Method 2 2 mmol) .HCl 22o N Example 21l 0.62 189 )+ N (150 mg, 0.49 Method 1 2 mmol) .HCl 22p Example 21r 0.73 187 (M-NH2)+ (300 mg, 0.99 Method 2 2 mmol) .HCl 2M HCl in diethyl ether (5 mL), methanol (2 mL) Overnight reaction 22q N Example 21s 0.67 210/212 N (448 mg, 1.45 Method 1 2 mmol) .HCl 22r N Example 21t 0.57 194 N (44 mg, 0.15 Method 2 .HCl mmol) F 2M HCl in diethyl ether (0.75 mL), methanol (2 mL) Overnight reaction 22s N Example 21u 0.89 185 (M-NH2)+ N (588 mg, 1.95 Method 2 2 mmol) .HCl 2M HCl in diethyl ether (9.75 mL), methanol (3 mL) Overnight on 22t N Example 21v 0.49 188 N (570 mg, 1.98 Method 1 2 mmol) .HCl 2M HCl in diethyl ether (9.75 mL), methanol (3 mL) Overnight reaction 22u N Example 21x 0.59 177 (M-NH2)+ N (40 mg, 0.14 Method 1 .HCl mmol) 2M HCl in diethyl ether (0.5 mL), methanol (0.5 mL) 22v Example 21ag 1.14 218 (M-NH2)+ N (170 mg, 0.51 Method 2 F mmol) 2 2M HCl in diethyl .HCl ether (10 mL) 22w Example 21ah 0.93 192 )+ F (110 mg, 0.30 Method 2 H2N mmol) .HCl 2M HCl in diethyl ether (10 mL) 22x N Example 21y 1.03 243 (M-NH2)+ N 3 (30 mg, 0.08 Method 2 2 mmol) .HCl 2M HCl in diethyl ether (2 mL) 22y Example 21z 0.86 203 (M-NH2)+ (98 mg, 0.3 mmol) Method 2 H2N 2M HCl in diethyl .HCl O ether (1.5 mL), methanol (2 mL) Overnight reaction 22z N e 21aa 0.94 191 (M-NH2)+ N (24 mg, 0.08 Method 2 2 mmol) .HCl F 2M HCl in diethyl ether (2 mL), 4 hour reaction 22aa N Example 21ab 0.77 159 (M-NH2)+ N (2.4 g, 8.7 mmol) Method 2 .HCl 2M HCl in l ether (44 mL), methanol overnight reaction 22ab N Example 21ac 0.61 159 (M-NH2)+ N (2.0 g, 7.3 mmol) Method 2 2 2M HCl in diethyl .HCl ether (36 mL), dichloromethane weekend reaction Example 22ac Example 21aj (99 mg, 0.30 mmol) is suspended in l, 10% palladium on activated carbon (15 mg) is added an the mixture hydrogenated at 3.5 bar overnight.

The mixture is filtered through celite and the solvent removed to give crude title compound (59 mg) S (Method 2): Rt = 0.72min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 180 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 22e: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) Conditions method (M+H)+ N Example 21ak 0.76 22ad (300 mg, 0.91 215 (M-NH2)+ N Method 1 2 mmol) .HCl 22ae Example 21al 0.68 199 (M-NH2)+ (1.0 g, 3.17 mmol) Method 2 .HCl Example 23a H N Meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (215 mg, 0.946 mmol), TEA (600 µL, 4.300 mmol), HATU (360 mg, 0.946 mmol) are added in sequence to example 22a (182 mg, 0.817 mmol) dissolved in THF (10 mL).

Stirring is continued for 72h at rt. The reaction is washed with HCl 1N solution, then with NaOH 1N on and brine. The organic layer is dried, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is ed by flash chromatography (eluent EtOAc/cyclohexane 15:85) to furnish the title compound (255 mg, 81%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.94 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 385 (M+H)+ Example 23b N F H N Example 23b is prepared in analogy to example 23a from example 22b (41 mg, 90% content, 0.132 mmol) as ng material. After ng the reaction overnight, volatiles are removed and the resulting residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-60% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (41 mg, 95% content, 69%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.20 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 453 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in y to the preparation of example 23b: UPLC-MS MS e Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ H N H Example 22c 1.00 23c H (191 mg, 0.846 399 O 2 mmol) Example 23d H N H N Meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (66 mg, 0.290 mmol), TEA (167 µL, 1.20 mmol), HATU (110 mg, 0.290 mmol) are added in ce to example 22d (51 mg) ved in dry DCM (7 mL). Stirring is continued for 20h at rt. The reaction is washed first with water, then with NaOH 1N solution and brine. The aqueous layer is diluted with brine again and extracted with a mixture of EtOAc/MeOH 9:1. The organic layer is dried, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent EtOAc/MeOH 9:2) to furnish the title compound (25 mg) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.74 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 386 (M+H)+ Example 23e H N Example 22e (30 mg, 0.12 mmol), meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (33 mg, 0.140 mmol), Et3N (53 µL, 0.38 mmol) and HATU (54 mg, 0.140 mmol) are suspended in dry THF (5 mL) and the mixture stirred over a weekend. The solvent is removed, the residue redissolved in DCM, washed with 0.2M aqueous NaOH solution and brine. The organic layer is dried, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography t 0-100 % EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (Yield 35 mg) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.11 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 425 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 23e: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) ions method (M+H)+ O N N Example 22f H H (30 mg, 0.10 1.11 23f F 453 N F F mmol) Method 2 O O 3 h reaction O N F Example 22g H H F F (45 mg, 0.14 0.97 23g N 453 mmol) Method 1 O O 3 h on O N N Example 22h 23h H H (40 mg, 0.18 1.12 463/465 N mmol) Method 2 overnight reaction O O 23i N H F Example 22i 1.10 453 O N N F F (50 mg, 0.18 Method 2 H H mmol) N 3 h reaction O O 23j N Example 22j 1.02 410 H (19 mg, 0.07 Method 2 O N N mmol) H H DCM as solvent overnight reaction O O 23k O Example 22k 0.90 467 (35 mg, 0.12 Method 1 O N mmol) H H DCM as solvent overnight reaction O O 23l N H Example 22l 0.98 399 O N N (456 mg, 2.02 Method 2 H H mmol) N DCM as solvent O O 3 h on 23m F Example 22m 1.19 471 H F (70 mg, 0.24 Method 2 O N F N mmol) H H DCM as solvent N 3 h reaction O O 23n N H Example 22n 0.97 403 O N F N (55 mg, 0.21 Method 2 H H mmol) N DCM as solvent O O 3 h reaction 23o N H Example 22o 0.86 415 O N O N (73 mg, 0.24 Method 1 H H mmol) N DCM as solvent O O overnight reaction 23p Example 22p 1.06 413 O N (100 mg, 0.42 Method 2 H H mmol) DCM as solvent 3 days reaction O O 23q N H Example 22q 0.90 419/421 O N Cl N (120 mg, 0.46 Method 1 H H mmol) N DCM as solvent O O overnight reaction 23r N H Example 22r 1.06 403 O N N (34 mg) Method 2 H H DCM as solvent N 3 days reaction O O 23s N H e 22s 1.12 411 O N N (100 mg, 0.42 Method 2 H H mmol) N DCM as solvent O O overnight reaction 23t N H Example 22t 0.84 397 O N N (100 mg, 0.45) Method 1 H H DCM as solvent N overnight reaction O O 23u N H Example 22u 0.83 403 O N N (35 mg, 0.15 Method 1 H H F mmol) N DCM as t O O overnight reaction 23v Example 22v 1.29 443 H (60 mg, 0.22 Method 2 O N F N mmol) H H DCM as t N overnight reaction O O 23w Example 22w 1.12 417 O N F (50 mg, 0.17 Method 2 H H mmol) DCM as solvent overnight reaction O O 23x N H Example 22x 1.08 469 O N OCF N 3 (22 mg, 0.07 Method 2 H H mmol) DCM as solvent O O overnight reaction 23y Example 22y 1.04 429 O N (78 mg) Method 2 H H DCM as solvent overnight reaction O O 23z N H Example 22z 1.12 417 O N N (19 mg, 0.08 Method 2 H H mmol) N DCM as t O O overnight reaction 23aa N H Example 22aa 1.09 385 O N N (100 mg 0.47) Method 2 H H DCM as solvent N overnight reaction O O 23ab N H Example 22ab 1.02 385 O N N (100 mg, 0.47 Method 2 H H mmol) N DCM as solvent O O overnight reaction 23ac N H Example 22da 0.81 386 O N N (12 mg) Method 2 H H N DCM as solvent N 4 day reaction O O EtOAc/MeOH 9:0.3 as eluent for purification Example 23ad O N H H O O Example 23l (420 mg, 1.05 mmol) is suspended in dichloromethane (8 mL) at 0 °C and N-iodosuccinimide (236 mg, 1.05 mmol) is added. The mixture is d for 10 minutes then shaken with 5% sodium thiosulfate solution, the phases separated, the organic phase dried and the solvent removed. The e is purified by flash chromatography (Eluent; 50% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (409 mg, 70 %) LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.22 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 525 (M+H)+ Example 23ae O N H H O O Example 23ad (100 mg, 0.18 mmol), potassium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate (266 mg, 1.80 mmol), ium triphosphate (670 mg, 3.15 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (56 mg, 0.20 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (22 mg, 0.10 mmol) are suspended in a mixture of toluene (15 mL) and water (0.6 mL) and degassed for 5 s with a flow of nitrogen gas. The mixture is heated at 90 °c for 24 hours then allowed to cool and diluted with dichloromethane and water. The phases are separated, the organic dried, filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: 40% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (28 mg).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.26 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 439 (M+H)+ Example 23af H F O N H H O O Example 23ad (200 mg, 0.36 mmol), fluoro(fluorosulfonyl)acetate (219 mg, 3.13 mmol) and copper (I) iodide (108 mg, 1.56 mmol) are dissolved in dry 1-methyl- 2-pyrrolidinone (4 mL) and the reaction is stirred at 110 ° for 60 minutes. The mixture is cooled, diluted with water and ted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts are dried and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: 0-50% EtOAc in cyclohexane) followed by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give the title compound (43 mg, 25%) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.24 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 467 (M+H)+ Example 23ag O N H H O O Example 23q (140 mg, 50% content, 0.17 mmol), potassium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate (50 mg, 0.33 mmol), Potassium triphosphate (124 mg, 0.58 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (9 mg, 0.03 mmol) and ium (II) acetate (4 mg, 0.02 mmol) are suspended in a mixture of toluene (0.7 mL) and water (0.2 mL) and degassed for 5 minutes with a flow of nitrogen gas. The mixture is heated under microwave irradiation at 120 °c for 2 hours. A further equivalent of potassium ropyltrifluoroborate, potassium triphosphate, tricyclohexylphosphine and palladium (II) acetate are then added and the mixture heated under microwave irradiation at 140 °c for 5 hours then allowed to cool and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The phases are separated, the organic phase dried, ed and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash tography (Eluent: 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give the title compound (20 mg).

UPLC-MS d 1): Rt = 0.91min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 425 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 23e: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) Example ure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) Conditions method (M+H)+ O N N Example 22ac H H (59 mg, 0.30 0.85 23ah 389 N mmol) Method 2 O O 23ai O Example 22ad 0.99 441 N (242 mg, 0.30 Method 2 O N H N mmol) H H O O 23aj N Example 22ae 1.23 425 O N N (150 mg, 0.60 Method 2 H H mmol) O O Example 24a N N N 3-aminopyridazine (1g, 10.5 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (7 mL) and N,N- dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (1.8 mL, 13.67 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated at 65°C and stirring is continued overnight. Additional N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (1.8 mL, 13.67 mmol) is added and stirring is ued at rt for 3 days. Additional N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (3.6 mL, 27.34 mmol) is added and the reaction is heated at 85°C for 5h. Volatiles are removed under reduced pressure and the resulting e is triturated with n-hexane to furnish the title compound (1.4 g, 91 %) S (Method 2): Rt = 0.40 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 151 (M+H)+ Example 25a 3-bromoformylpyridine (5 g, 26.88 mmol) and methylhydrazine (1.70 mL, 32.25 mmol) are dissolved in ethanol (10 mL) and heated at 80°C for 2h. Volatiles are removed under reduced pressure and the residue is porated several times to give N-[1-(3-Bromo-pyridinyl)-methylidene]-N'-methyl-hydrazine (5.70 g, 99 %) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.77 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 215 (M+H)+ N-[1-(3-Bromo-pyridinyl)-methylidene]-N'-methyl-hydrazine (5.7 g, 26.63 mmol), copper (I) iodide (507 mg, 2.66 mmol), trans-N,N’-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (76 mg, 0.533 mmol) and potassium carbonate (7.36 g, 53.25 mmol) are suspended in 1-methylpyrrolidinone (20 mL) and heated at 120°C for 3h. The mixture is diluted with saturated ammonium chloride on and ethyl acetate. The resulting on is filtered, the phases separated and the organic phase washed with brine, dried and volatiles evaporated under d pressure. The residue is redissolved in ethyl ether, washed with brine and the solvent removed. The residue is ed by flash chromatography (0-60% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give 1-methyl-1H- pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine (580 mg, content 85%, 14 %) 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 4.08 (s, 3H), 7.40 (dd, J = 4.60, 8.60 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (dd, J = 1.10, 8.40 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dd, J = 1.40, 4.40 Hz ,1H) Bromine (2.37 g, 14,810 mmol) in NaOH solution (2M in water, 10 mL, 20 mmol) is added dropwise to 1-methyl-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine (580 mg, 85% content, 3.70 mmol) in e (20 mL) cooled to 0 °C. The mixture is allowed to reach rt and then stirred for 6 hours. Additional bromine (2.17 g, 13.570 mmol) is added dropwise and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. The e is diluted with 100 mL of 10% sodium thiosulfate solution and extracted with EtOAc.

The combined organic extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and volatiles evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue is suspended in DCM, the solids removed by filtration and the residue evaporated to give the title compound (630 mg, 80%) 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 4.09 (s, 3H), 7.52 (dd, J = 4.3, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (dd, J = 1.3, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (dd, J = 1.3, 4.3 Hz, 1H) Example 26a N O Example 24a (1.4 g, 9.59 mmol) is dissolved in dry DMF (80 mL) and sodium iodide (1.4 g, 9.59 mmol) and chloroacetone (1.6 g, 17.26 mmol) are added. The mixture is heated at 80°C overnight. The reaction mixture is partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and ed through a dicalite pad. The organic layer is washed with 1N NaOH, water and then dried over Na2SO4. Volatiles are evaporated and the resulting residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 70-100% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to h the title compound (132 mg, 9%) UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 0.51 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 162 (M+H)+ Example 26b N N 3-bromomethyl-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (100 mg, 0.472 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (5 mL) and tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)tin (187 mg, 0.519 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (54 mg, 0.047 mmol) are added to the solution and the reaction is refluxed for 2 h. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue is suspended in ueous 2M HCl 1:1 and stirring is continued for 1h. The reaction mixture is basified with Na2CO3 saturated solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is dried, evaporated and the resulting residue is purified by flash tography (eluent 0-100% EtOAc/Cyclohexane) to give the title compound (70 mg, 85 %) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.78 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 176 (M+H)+ The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 26b: UPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ N Example 25a 0.61 26c 176 N (400 mg, 1.89 mmol) 2 Example 26d 4-Chloromethylquinazoline (5.10 g, 25,13 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (50 mL) and tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)tin (9.98 g, 27,64 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (1.45 g, 1,26 mmol) are added to the solution and the reaction is refluxed for 3 h. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the ing mixture is diluted with brine and ethyl acetate. The phases separated and the organic phase washed with brine, dried and les evaporated under reduced pressure.

The residue is purified by flash chromatography (0-30% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give 4-(1-ethoxy-vinyl)methyl-quinazoline (4.80 g, 89%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.15 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 215 (M+H)+ 4-(1-Ethoxy-vinyl)methyl-quinazoline (4.80 g, 22,40 mmol) is suspended in aqueous 1M HCl (100 mL) and stirring is continued for 3h. The reaction e is ed with Na2CO3 saturated solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is dried, evaporated to give the title compound (4.02 g, 96%) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.07 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 187 (M+H)+ Example 27a N O H Methylmagnesium bromide (1.4M in THF, 1 mL, 1.4 mmol) is added to example 26a (132 mg, 0.819 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0°C. The mixture is stirred at 0°C for 30 min and at rt for 60 min. Saturated NH4Cl is added to the reaction mixture cooled to 0°C followed by EtOAc. The organic layer is dried, filtered and evaporated to give a residue that is purified by flash tography (eluent EtOAc 100%) to h the title compound (94 mg, 65 %) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.60 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 178 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 27a: UPLC-MS MS e Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 26c N 0.64 27b N (180 mg, 192 O 1.03 mmol) Example 27c N N H e 27c is prepared from example 26b (70 mg, 0.400 mmol) in analogy to the example 27a without purification by flash chromatography. The title compound (68 mg, 89%) is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.64 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 192 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 27a: Example Structure Reactant(s) 1H-NMR H 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ O 1.66 (s, 6H), δ 2.67 (s, 3H), 5.80 Example 26d (s, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J = 6.9, 8.7 Hz, 27d N (4.02 g, 1H), 7.78 (ddd, J = 1.1, 2.2, 7.1 21,59 mmol) N Hz, 1H), 8.93 (dd, J = 1.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 9.19 (s, 1H) Example 28a N H Sodium azide (172 mg, 2.65 mmol) is added to example 27a (94 mg, 0.531 mmol) in TFA (1.5 mL, 19.56 mmol) at 0°C. The reaction is allowed to reach rt and stirring is continued overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water, basified with saturated K2CO3 and taken up with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried and ed to give 3-(1-azidomethyl-ethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazine (as a solution in EtOAc).

S (Method 2): Rt = 0.88 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 203 (M+H)+ 3-(1-Azidomethyl-ethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazine (solution in ethyl acetate) is hydrogenated (1 bar) in presence of ium (5% on carbon, 15 mg, 0.007 mmol) for 1h.

The solids are d by filtration through a dicalite pad and the resulting solution is evaporated to give the title compound (100 mg) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.34 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 177 (M+H)+ Example 28b N N Sodium azide (116 mg, 1.78 mmol) is added portionwise to example 27c (68 mg, 0.356 mmol) in TFA (1 mL, 13.04 mmol) at 0°C. The on is allowed to reach rt and stirring is continued ght. The reaction is cooled to 0°C, diluted with water and basified with saturated Na2CO3. EtOAc is added, the organic layer is dried and filtered to give 3-(1-Azidomethyl-ethyl)methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (as a solution in ethyl acetate).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.06 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 217 (M+H)+ 3-(1-Azidomethyl-ethyl)methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (solution in ethyl acetate) is hydrogenated (1 bar) in the presence of palladium (5% on carbon, 50 mg, 0.023 mmol), for 45 min.

The solids are removed by filtration h a dicalite pad and the resulting solution is evaporated to give the title compound (56 mg) that is used as such.

S (Method 2): Rt = 0.55 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 191 (M+H)+ Example 28c Sodium azide (175 mg, 2.69 mmol) is added to e 27b (103 mg, 0.54 mmol) in TFA (2 mL) at 0°C. The reaction is allowed to reach rt and stirring is continued for 2h.

Then additional TFA (2 mL) is added and stirring is continued for 2h. The reaction mixture is cooled at 0°C, diluted with water, basified with saturated Na2CO3 and taken up with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried and filtered to give zido methyl-ethyl)methyl-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine (as a solution in EtOAc).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.97 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 217 (M+H)+ 3-(1-Azidomethyl-ethyl)methyl-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine ion in EtOAc) is hydrogenated (1 bar) in presence of palladium (5% on carbon, 15 mg, 0.007 mmol) for 45 min. The solids are removed by filtration through a celite pad and the resulting solution is evaporated to give the title compound (101 mg, 99%) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.55 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 191 (M+H)+ Example 28d esulfonyl de (0.61 mL, 7,91 mmol) is added dropwise to 27d (500 mg, 80% content, 1,98 mmol) and triethylamine (1.4 mL, 7.9 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at - 78°C. Stirring is continued for 1.5 h at rt. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried and volatiles are evaporated to give methanesulfonic acid 1-methyl(8-methylquinazolinyl )-ethyl ester (680 mg, 78% content, 96%) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.08 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 281 (M+H)+ Sodium azide (492 mg, 7.57 mmol) is added to methanesulfonic acid yl(8- methyl-quinazolinyl)-ethyl ester (680 mg, 78% content, 1.89 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL, 19.56 mmol) and stirring is ued for 4d. The reaction mixture is diluted with saturated Na2CO3 and EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried and filtered to give 4-(1-azidomethyl-ethyl)methyl-quinazoline (as a solution in EtOAc).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.39 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 228 (M+H)+ 4-(1-Azidomethyl-ethyl)methyl-quinazoline (solution in ethyl acetate) is hydrogenated (1.5 bar) in presence of palladium (10% on carbon, 14 mg, 0.013 mmol) for 2h.

The solids are removed by filtration through a celite pad and the resulting solution is ated to give the title compound (250 mg, 80% content) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.87 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 202 (M+H)+ e 29a H N HATU (205 mg, 0.540 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (123 mg, 0.540 mmol), e 28a (100 mg) and TEA (301 µl, 2.160 mmol) in dry DCM (1 mL) and stirring is continued for 1h.

The mixture is washed with 1N NaOH and brine. The organic phase is separated, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure.The resulting residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-5% MeOH/EtOAc) to furnish the title compound (118 mg).

UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 0.90 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 386 (M+H)+ Example 29b H N HATU (134 mg, 0.353 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (80 mg, 0.353 mmol), example 28b (56 mg, 0.294 mmol) and TEA (90 µl, 0.648 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) and stirring is continued for 2h. Solvent is removed and the resulting residue is purified by flash chromatography t 0-100% EtOAc/Cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (107 mg, 91%).

UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 0.96 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 400 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 29b: UPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ H N H Example 28c 0.95 29c H (101 mg, 0.53 400 O 2 mmol) Example 29d N O H H O O HATU (295 mg, 0.775 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (136 mg, 0.596 mmol), example 28d (150 mg, 80% content, 0.596 mmol) and DIPEA (312 µl, 1,79 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) and stirring is continued overnight. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to h a residue that is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layers is separated, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce re to give a residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-50% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (150 mg, 61%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.17 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 411 (M+H)+ The following es are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 29d: UPLC-MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ 2-Quinazolin- H N O N opan N 2.50 29e amine 397 H H 12 (0.854 mmol) O O 2-isoquinolin- N 4-ylpropan N O 2.93 29f H amine 396 H H (0.899 N mmol) O O N 2- (Isoquinolin- N O -yl)propan- 2.83 29g H 396 H H 2-amine 7b N (0.359 O O mmol) Example 30a Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (7.5 g, 107.93 mmol) is added to a solution of y coumarin (5 g, 30.84 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) at rt. Sodium acetate (8.8 g, 107.93 mmol) is added portionwise in 1.5 h. The reaction is stirred for 1.5 h at rt and then is heated at reflux overnight. Volatiles are evaporated, water is added and the mixture is cooled with ice-water bath. The aqueous layer is acidified to pH=3 with 4N HCl. A precipitate is filtered out and washed several times with water. The precipitate is dried under reduce pressure at 50°C to give benzo[d]isoxazolyl-acetic acid (4.3 g, 78%) HPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 0.32 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 178 (M+H)+ Trimethylsilydiazomethane (9.7 mL, 19.40 mmol) is added dropwise to benzo[d]isoxazolyl-acetic acid (3.3 g, 17.64 mmol) in OH 11:1 (22 mL/2 mL) at 0°C and stirring is continued for 1h at 0°C. Volatiles are evaporated to give the title compound (3.3 g, 99%) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.88 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 192 (M+H)+ The following example is sized in analogy to the preparation of example 30a: UPLC-MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method 4-Hydroxy O methyl-2H benzopyran- 3.49 30b O 146 H)+ N 2-one (3.15 11 g, 17,88 mmol) Example 31a e 30a (1.5 g, 7.85 mmol) is dissolved in dry THF (30 mL) and the mixure is cooled at 0°C. Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide 1M in THF (29 mL, 29 mmol) is added dropwise, the reaction is allowed to reach rt and stirred for 2h. Iodomethane (1.8 mL, 29 mmol) is added dropwise and the reaction is stirred at rt overnight.

NH4Cl satured solution is added and the reaction is extracted with EtOAc. Organic phase is washed with brine, dried and evaporated to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-10% Cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (870 mg, 51%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.09 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 220 (M+H)+ Example 31b Sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil, 973 mg, 24,32 mmol) is added portionwise to example 30b (1.42 g, 95% content, 6,57 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) at 0°C. The reaction is allowed to reach rt and stirred for 30 min. Iodomethane (2.1 mL, 33.20 mmol) is added dropwise to the reaction mixture cooled at 0°C and the reaction is stirred at rt overnight.

Water is added and the reaction is extracted with EtOAc. Organic phase is washed with brine, dried and evaporated to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography t 0-40% Cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (1.47 g, 96%).

GC-MS (Method 13): Rt = 10.32 min MS (EI pos): m/z = 233 [M]+ Example 32a Lithium hydroxide drate (500 mg, 11.90 mmol) is added to example 31a (870 mg, 3.97 mmol) in water/THF 1:1 (9 mL) and the reaction is stirred at rt for 2h.

THF is evaporated evaporated, the mixture is cooled with ice-water bath.The aqueous layer is acidified to pH=4-5 with 1N HCl and extracted with DCM. Organic layer is dried on a phase separator cartridge and ated to give the title compound (810 mg, 98% t, 97%) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.53 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 206 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 32a: UPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 31b H 2.22 32b O (1.47 g, 6,30 220 N 7a O mmol) Example 33a Diphenylphosphoryl azide (0.450 mL, 2.112 mmol) is added to example 32a (402 mg, 98% content, 1.92 mmol) and TEA (0.320 mL, 2.304 mmol) in toluene (3 mL) and the mixture is stirred at rt for 1h. The mixture is added to toluene heated at 90°C (3 mL) and heating is ued for 2h at this temperature. Then the reaction is allowed to reach rt and d overnight. The mixture is poured into 4N HCl, phases are separated, the aqueous layer is basified with NaHCO3 satured solution to pH=10 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried and evaporated to give a residue that is purified by ative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions are combined, ed with NaHCO3 satured solution and ACN is evaporated. The aqueous layer is extracted with DCM, dried and evaporated to give the title nd (70 mg, 80% content, 18%).

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.59 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 177 (M+H)+ Example 33b H O H F NH O O F F Diphenylphosphoryl azide (0.596 mL, 2,773 mmol) is added to example 32b (640 mg, 2,919 mmol) and TEA (0.386 mL, 2,773 mmol) in toluene (5.4 mL) and the mixture is d at rt for 1h and at 80°C for 2h. 4-Methoxybenzyl alcohol (0.364 mL, 2,919 mmol) and TEA (0.386 mL, 2,773 mmol) are added and ng is continued overnight at 80°C.The e is diluted with EtOAc, washed with 10% citric acid , washed with brine, dried and evaporated to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-20% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish [1-methyl(7-methyl- benzo[d]isoxazolyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid 4-methoxy-benzyl ester (794 mg, 77%).

UPLC-MS (Method 12): Rt = 3.73 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 377 (M+Na)+ TFA (4.3 mL) is added to [1-methyl(7-methyl-benzo[d]isoxazolyl)-ethyl]- carbamic acid 4-methoxy-benzyl ester (350 mg, 0,988 mmol) in DCM (4.4 mL) at 0°C. After stirring for 30 min at rt, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (300 mg, 98% content, 98%) that is used as such.

HPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.66 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 191 (M+H)+ Example 34a N O H H O O HATU (184 mg, 0.484 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (84 mg, 0.371 mmol), example 33a (77 mg, 85% content, 0.371 mmol) and DIPEA (194 µl, 1.114 mmol) in dry DMF (1 mL) and stirring is continued for atiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude is taken up with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layers is separated, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and ated under reduce pressure to give a e that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (60 mg, 98% content, 41%).

HPLC-MS (Method 12): Rt = 3.43 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 408 (M+Na)+ Example 34b N O H H O O HATU (378 mg, 1,26 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (220 mg, 0.966 mmol), example 33b (300 mg, 98% content, 0.966 mmol) and DIPEA (505 µl, 2.90 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL) and stirring is ued for 2h.Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude is taken up with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layers is separated, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and ated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (276 mg, 72%).

HPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 2.97 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 400 (M+H)+ Example 35a H Example 35a is prepared from 7-methyl-1H-indazolecarboxylic acid (13,1 mmol) in analogy to example 6a to give the title compound (730 mg, 77% content, 25%) HPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.69 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 176 (M+H)+ Example 36a Example 36a is ed from example 35a (650 mg, 77% content, 2,86 mmol) in analogy to e 7e to give the title compound (109 mg, 91% content, 22%) HPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.96 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 158 (M+H)+ Example 37a Sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil, 31 mg, 0,76 mmol) is added to a solution of 36a (109 mg, 91% content, 0,63 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at 0°C. After 20 min, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (157 µl, 0,88 mmol) is added dropwise to the reaction e. After stirring for 1 h at rt, the reaction is diluted with EtOAc, washed with NaHCO3 satured on and brine. The organic layer is separated and dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-10% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title nd (182 mg).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.61 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 288 (M+H)+ The following example is sized in analogy to the preparation of example 39c: Example Structure Reactant(s) GC-MS MS Rt [min], method (EI pos, m/z) [M]+ 1H-Indazole N 11.61-11.80 37b N carbonitrile (1.90 273 Si 13 O g, 13,3 mmol) Example 38a N H N N Si O Under nitrogen atmosphere, dry THF (7.6 mL) is added to anhydrous Cerium (III) chloride (410 mg, 1.66 mmol) at 0°C. The reaction is allowed to reach RT and stirred for 2h. At -78°C methyllithium as a complex with Lithium Iodide (1.6 M in ethyl ether, 1.1 mL, 1.7 mmol) is added and stirring is continued for 30 minutes at -78°C. A solution of 37a (160 mg, 0.56 mmol) in THF dry (3 mL) is added to the e and stirring is continued for 30 minutes at -78°C and then overnight at RT. Saturated NH4Cl and NaOH (32% in water) are added to the mixture at -30°C until a precipitate forms. Undissolved material is filtered away on a celite pad. The te is washed with DCM, separated and dried with a phase tor cartridge. The solvent is evaporated under reduce pressure to obtain a crude that is used as such.

HATU (263 mg, 0.692 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (121 mg, 0.379 mmol), the crude from the previous step and DIPEA (278 µl, 1,60 mmol) in dry DMF (1 mL) and stirring is continued overnight.Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layers is separated, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent 10-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to h the title compound (160 mg, 54% over 2 steps).

UPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = .62 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 529 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 38a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos, m/z) (M+Na)+ Example 37b 4.31 38b N H O (3.73 g, 13.6 537 H 12 mmol) Example 39a N N Example 38a (160 mg, 0,303 mmol), tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 M in THF, 3.9 mL, 3.9 mmol) and ethylenediamine (121 µl, 1,82 mmol) are refluxed overnight les are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish a residue that is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic layers is separated, dried on a Phase separator dge and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-80% DCM:MeOH:NH3 95:5:0.5 / DCM) to h the title compound (62 mg, 51%).

UPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 4.39 min MS : m/z = 399 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 39a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos, m/z) (M+H)+ Example 38b H O 2.58 39b H (1.60 g, 3,11 385 H mmol) e 39c N O H H O O Cesium carbonate (149 mg, 0.46 mmol) is added to a solution of example 39b (156 mg, 94% content, 0.38 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). After 15 min, iodoethane (31 µl, 0,38 mmol) is added dropwise to the on mixture. After stirring over weekend, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure, the reaction is diluted with EtOAc, washed with NaHCO3 satured solution and brine. The organic layer is separated and dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 10-60% cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (147 mg, 93%).

UPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 3.01 MS (ESI neg): m/z = 411 (M-H)- The following examples are synthesized in y to the preparation of example 37a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], (ESI neg, method m/z) (M-H)- F F Example 39b (156 F mg, 94% content, 0.38 mmol), 2,2,2- N O 3.09 39d H trifluoroethyl iodide 465 H H 11 (113 µl, 1.14 mmol), O O cesium carbonate (447 mg, 1.37 mmol) Example 39b (150 N mg, 94% content, 439 (ESI N O 0.37 mmol), 3.20 39e H pos, m/z) H H cyclopropylmethyl 11 N (M+H)+ bromide (36 µl, 0.37 O O mmol) Example 39b (152 N mg, 94% content, 0.37 mmol), 2- N O 3.32 39f H H H bromopropane (246 425 N µl, 0.74 mmol), O O cesium carbonate (290 mg, 0.89 mmol) Example 39b (156 N mg, 94% content, 3.01 39g N O 0.38 mmol), o- 467 H 11 H H tetrahydropyran (215 N µl, 1.91 mmol), O O cesium carbonate (746 mg, 2.29 mmol); after addition of 4- bromotetrahydropyran stirring is continued for 4d at 40°C e 40a O H O O H N H O artin periodinane (54.7 g, 129.0 mmol) is added portionwise to example 4a (35.0 g, 117.3 mmol) in DCM (240 mL) cooled to 0°C and stirring is continued at RT overnight. 10% sodium thiosulfate solution (200 mL) is added and ng is continued for 30 min. The organic layers is separated, washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (34.7 g, 100%), that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 3.63 min MS (APCI): m/z = 297 (M+H)+ Example 41a O H O O H N F F n-Butyllithium (2.0 M in cyclohexane, 67.5 mL, 135 mmol) is added to 1,2- difluorobenzene (12.3 g, 108 mmol) in THF (250 mL) at -78°C. Stirring is continued for 1 h. Example 40a (16.0 g, 54.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL) is added to the reaction e at -78°C and stirring is continued for 3 h at that temperature. Saturated NH4Cl (15 mL) is added to the reaction mixture at -78°C. The reaction mixture is warmed to RT. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 20-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (11.2 g, 50%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.24 (br s, 3H), .42 (m, 10H), 1.83 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 3.29 (br s, 2H), 3.46 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 2H), 5.23 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.62 (br s, 1H).

The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 41a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos, m/z) (M+H)+ F e 40a F (2.49 g, 8,40 O mmol); 2- 3.33 41b O N H 461 H fluorobenzotrifluo 11 H H ride (2.76 g, 16,8 N mmol) O O Example 40a F (1.98 g, 6,68 O N mmol); 1-chloro- 3.22 41c H H 427 H H robenzene 11 (1.74 g, 13,4 mmol) O O Example 41d O H O O H N n-Butyllithium (2.0 M in exane, 19.4 mL, 38.9 mmol) is added to 2- fluorotoluene (3.4 mL, 31 mmol) in THF (65 mL) at -78°C. Stirring is ued for 1 h. Example 40a (4.70 g, 98% content, 15,54 mmol) in THF (5 mL) is added to the reaction mixture at -78°C and stirring is continued for 1 h at that temperature. n- Butyllithium (2.0 M in cyclohexane, 15.5 mL, 31.1 mmol) is added to potassium tertbutoxide (3.49 g, 31,08 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78°C and the resulting mixture added to the reaction mixture containg example 40 at -78°C. After 1h saturated NH4Cl (50 mL) is added to the reaction mixture at -78°C. The reaction mixture is warmed to RT. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (1.70 g, 97% t, 26%).

UPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 4.95 min MS (APCI): m/z = 407 (M+H)+ Example 42a O H O O H N F F Dess–Martin inane (12.7 g, 29,9 mmol) is added portionwise to example 41a (11.2 g, 27,2 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) cooled to 0°C and ng is continued at RT overnight. 10% sodium thiosulfate solution is added and stirring is ued for 30 min. The organic layers is separated, washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish the title compound (10.4 g, 94%), that is used as such.

UPLC-MS d 7a): Rt = 4.72 min MS (APCI): m/z = 409 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 42a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ Example 41b O 5.40 42b O N (2.06 g, 4,47 459 H 7a H H mmol) O O O Example 41c O N 3.25 42c H (1.07 g, 2,51 425 H H 11 mmol) O O F Example 41d O N (1.70 g,97% 4.89 42d H 405 H H content, 4.06 7a mmol) O O Example 43a O H O O H N HO F F Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.93 g, 56,62 mmol) is added to example 42a (9.25 g, 22,65 mmol) in pyridine (30 mL) and ng is continued at 50 °C over d.

Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure, DCM and water are added. The organic layers is separated, washed with brine, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish the title nd (8.85 g, 92%), that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 4.52 min MS (APCI): m/z = 424 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 43a: Example Structure Reactant(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ N Example 42b O N 4.88 43b H (1.00 g, 2,18 474 H H 7a mmol) O O Example 43c O H O O H N HO F Cl Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (429 mg, 6,18 mmol) is added to example 42c (1.05 g, 2,47 mmol) in pyridine (20 mL) and stirring is continued at RT for 2 h and at 50 °C over weekend. Volatiles are ated under reduced pressure and the residue is triturated with DCM at RT first and then with boiling AcOEt/acetone to furnish the title compound (550 mg, 51%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 1.13-1.43 (m, 13H), 1.57 (br s, 3H), 1.79 (br s, 2H), 3.30 (br s, 4H), 7.00 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), .95 (s, 1H).

Example 44a O H O O H N ium tert-butoxide (175 mg, 1,56 mmol) is added to example 43a (600 mg, 1,42 mmol) in THF (30 mL) and the reaction mixture is refluxed for 2 h. The reaction is diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine. The c layer is separated and dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue that is purified by flash tography (eluent 0-30% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (340 mg, 60%).

UPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 1.22 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 404 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 44a: Example Structure nt(s) UPLC-MS MS Rt [min], method (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ O Example 43b H 5.21 44b H H (900 mg, 1,90 454 mmol) O O N Example 43c O N 1.22 44c H (100 mg, 0,23 420 H H 2 mmol) O O Example 44d O N H H O O Cyclopentyl methyl ether (2 mL) and water (0.2 mL) are added to example 44c (140 mg, 0.32 mmol), potassium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate (47 mg, 0.32 mmol), palladium (II) acetate (2 mg, 0.01 mmol), X-Phos (9 mg, 0.02 mmol) and Potassium carbonate (13 mg, 0.10 mmol) and the reaction mixture is heated at 100°C overnight. The reaction is diluted with EtOAc/brine. The organic layer is separated, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is ed by flash chromatography (eluent 0-30% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (105 mg, 78%).

UPLC-MS d 7a): Rt = 5.37 min MS (APCI): m/z = 426 (M+H)+ Example 45a O H O O H N e 42a (1.00 g, 2.45 mmol) and methylhydrazine (645 µl, 12.2 mmol) in EtOH (2 mL) are heated under aves irradation (160oC) for 20 min. Volatiles are evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (630 mg, 62%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.20 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 417 (M+H)+ Example 45b O H O O H N e 42c (350 mg, 0.82 mmol) and methylhydrazine (217 µl, 4.12 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) are heated under microwaves irradation (150oC) for 60 min. Volatiles are ated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title nd (220 mg, 62%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.31 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 433 (M+H)+ Example 45c O H O O H N Example 45b (1.50 g, 98% content, 3,40 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (157 mg, 0,136 mmol) and tetramethyltin (1.3 mL, 9,5 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (12 mL), split in 2 equal batches and heated under microwaves irradation (175oC) for 35 min. The reaction is diluted with EtOAc/brine. The organic layer is separated, dried and ated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-40% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish a residue that is in turn purified by C18 chromatography (eluent 25-90% ACN/ H2O) to afford the title compound (1.16 g, 83%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.22 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 413 (M+H)+ Example 45d O O N O Example 42d (1.10 g, 2,72 mmol), copper (II) oxide (11 mg, 0.14 mmol), potassium carbonate (564 mg, 4,08 mmol) and hydrazine (917 µl, 17,41 mmol) are heated at 110oC for 3 d. The reaction is filtered on a celite pad, which is washed with EtOAc. The te is washed with water and then dried. Volatiles are evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-100% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (95 mg, 9%).

Example 45c is also obtained as by-product.

UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 1.11 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 413 (M+H)+ Example 45e O H O O H N F Example 42a (1.50 g, 3.67 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (3 mL, 60 mmol) in EtOH (2 mL) are heated under aves irradation (120oC) for 8 h. Volatiles are evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: XBridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5 mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and lyophilised to furnish the title compound (40 mg, 3%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.05 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 403 (M+H)+ Example 45f O H O O H N H F F F Example 42b (150 mg, 0.327 mmol) and hydrazine e (56 µl, 1.15 mmol) in EtOH (2 mL) are heated under microwaves irradation ) for 15 min. Volatiles are evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is ved with EtOAc/water. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish the title compound (132 mg, 89%) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 4.73 min MS (APCI): m/z = 453 (M+H)+ Example 46a N OH 1-(1-Methyl-1H-indazolyl)ethanone (800 mg, 4,59 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (479 mg, 6,89 mmol) and TEA (958 µl, 6,89 mmol) in EtOH (4 mL) are heated under microwaves irradation (120oC) for 20 min. The reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc/water. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish the title nd (800 mg, 92%) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.91 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 190 (M+H)+ Example 47a (racemic mixture) Raney Nickel (100 mg, 1.17 mmol) is added to example 46a (200 mg, 1,06 mmol) and ammonium ide (300 µl, 2,31 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) and the mixture is hydrogenated at 3.5 bar for 3 h. The st is removed by filtration on a celite pad washing with EtOH and water. EtOH is evaporated under reduced and DCM is added. The organic layer is separated, dried and ated under reduce pressure to furnish the title compound (140 mg, 76%) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.62 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 159 (M-NH2)+ Example 48a (mixture of stereoisomers) O N H HATU (414 mg, 1,09 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (165 mg, 0,726 mmol),example 47a (140 mg, 0,799 mmol) and DIPEA (379 µl, 2,18 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL) and ng is continued overnight.The reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine. The organic layers is separated, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish the title compound (250 mg, 90%) that is used as such.

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.09 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 385 (M+H)+ The stereoisomers of the title nd are ted by HPLC using a chiral stationary phase.

Method for separation: HPLC apparatus type: Waters 600 Pump, 2767 Autosampler, UV Detector 2489; column: Daicel pack AD-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 20 mm; method: eluent hexane/IPA 90:10; flow rate: 12 mL/min, temperature: 21-22°C; UV Detection: 220 Example 48b: stereoisomer 1 Example 48c: stereoisomer 2 Unknown absolute stereochemistry at Unknown absolute stereochemistry at NH-C marked with an asterisk NH-C marked with an asterisk H H * * O N O N N N N N H H H H N N O O O O Chiral HPLC S Example (Method 14) (Method 12): MS (ESI pos): m/z Rt [min] Rt [min] 48b 3.80 3.32 385 48c 4.56 3.32 385 Example 49a (racemic mixture) O N Dess–Martin periodinane (12.3 g, 29,1 mmol) is added portionwise to N-BOC aminopropanol (5.00 g, 28,5 mmol) in DCM (75 mL) cooled to 0°C and stirring is continued at RT overnight. 10% sodium thiosulfate on is added and stirring is continued for 30 min. The organic layers is separated, washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish the title compound (4.68 g, 95%), that is used as such. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 1.12 (d, J= 7.3Hz, 3H), 1.39 (br, s, 9H), 3.86 (m, 1H), 7.31 (br, d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 9.42 (d, J = 0.7, 1H) e 50a re of stereoisomers) F Cl n-Butyllithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 16.2 mL, 40.4 mmol) is added to 1-chloro fluorobenzene (3.6 mL, 34.6 mmol) in THF (76 mL) at -78°C. Stirring is continued for 1 h. Example 49a (2.00 g, 11,6 mmol) in THF (15 mL) is added to the reaction mixture at -78°C and stirring is continued for 1 h at that temperature. Saturated NH4Cl (100 mL) is added to the reaction mixture at -78°C. The on mixture is warmed to RT. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried with a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-30% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (1.65 g, 47%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.15 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 304 (M+H)+ e 51a (racemic mixture) F Cl Dess–Martin periodinane (2.46 g, 5.79 mmol) is added portionwise to example 50a (1.60, 5.27 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) cooled to 0°C and stirring is continued at RT for 2 h. 10% sodium thiosulfate solution is added and stirring is continued for 30 min. The organic layers is separated, washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, dried on a Phase separator cartridge and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish the title compound (1.50 g, 89% content, 84%), that is used as such.

UPLC-MS d 2): Rt = 1.25 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 302 (M+H)+ Example 52a ic mixture) N Cl e 51a (1.50 g, 89% content, 4.42 mmol) and methylhydrazine (2.8 mL, 53 mmol) in EtOH (7 mL) are heated at 75°C overnight followed by 4h at 80°C. Volatiles are evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-30% cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (620 mg, 45%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 1.37 (br, s, 9H), 1.48 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H), 4.26 (s, 3H), 5.06 (m, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J = 7.6, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.83 (dd, J = 0.9, 8.0 Hz, 1H).

Example 52b (racemic mixture) hylboroxine (542 µl , 3.87 mmol) is added to example 52a (400 mg, 1.291 mmol), potassium carbonate (892 mg, 6.46 mmol) and 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride dichloromethane complex (105 mg, 0.129 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) and the reaction mixture is heated at 100°C ght. Trimethylboroxine (542 µl , 3.87 mmol), potassium carbonate (892 mg, 6.46 mmol) and 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride dichloromethane complex (105 mg, 0.129 mmol) are added to the reaction mixture cooled to RT and ) and the reaction mixture is heated at 100°C for 1 d. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved with EtOAc/water. The organic layer is separated, dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash tography (eluent 0-20% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish the title compound (175 mg, 95% content, 45%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.21 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 290 (M+H)+ Example 53a (racemic mixture) N Cl Example 52a (220 mg, 0.710 mmol) is suspended in MeOH/Water 1:1 (1 mL/1 mL), and heated under microwaves irradation (140oC) for 50 min. The reaction mixture is purified on a SCX dge, which is washed with MeOH and DCM, and then eluted with NH3 in MeOH to give the title compound (145 mg, 97%) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.71 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 193 (M-NH2)+ The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 53a: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M-NH2)+ H Example 52b 53b N (175 mg, 0.66 (racemic H 173 N 95% t, 2 mixture) N 0.575 mmol) The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 34b: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ 54a N (mixture N O Example 53a H 4.85 of (145 mg, 419 H H 7a stereoiso 0,692 mmol) mers) O O The stereoisomers of the example 54a are separated by HPLC using a chiral nary phase.

Method for separation: HPLC apparatus type: Waters 600 Pump, 2767 Autosampler, UV Detector 2489; column: Daicel chiralpack AD-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 20 mm; method: eluent hexane/IPA 85:15; flow rate: 10 mL/min, temperature: 25°C; UV Detection: 230 nm Example 54b: stereoisomer 1 Example 54c: isomer 2 Unknown absolute stereochemistry at Unknown absolute stereochemistry at NH-C marked with an asterisk NH-C marked with an asterisk H H * * O N O N N N Cl N N Cl H H H H N N O O O O Chiral HPLC HPLC-MS Example (Method 15) (Method 11): MS (ESI pos): m/z Rt [min] Rt [min] 54b 8.87 3.25 419 54c 9.86 3.24 419 The following example is synthesized in analogy to the ation of example 34b: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ 54d N (mixture N O Example 53b H 3.05 of (114 mg, 399 H H 11 stereoiso 0.602 mmol) mers) O O The stereoisomers of the e 54d are separated by HPLC using a chiral stationary phase.

Method for separation: HPLC apparatus type: Waters 600 Pump, 2767 Autosampler, UV Detector 2489; column: Daicel chiralpack AD-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 20 mm; method: eluent hexane/IPA 85:15; flow rate: 15 mL/min, temperature: 25°C; UV Detection: 230 nm Example 54e: stereoisomer 1 Example 54f: stereoisomer 2 Unknown absolute stereochemistry at Unknown absolute stereochemistry at NH-C marked with an asterisk NH-C marked with an asterisk H * H * O N O N N N N N H H H H N N O O O O Chiral HPLC S Example (Method 15) d 11): MS (ESI pos): m/z Rt [min] Rt [min] 54e 6.00 2.88 399 54f 7.16 2.87 399 Example 55a OH HN O N 2-Bromoacetanilide (1.68 g, 90% content, 7.06 mmol) is dissolved in dry THF (15 mL) and cooled to -78 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. n-Butyllithium (2.5 M solution in hexane, 5.93 mL, 14.8 mmol) is added dropwise and the mixture stirred at -78 °C for s. utyl 2-formylpropanylcarbamate (1.39 g, 7.42 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) is added dropwise and the mixture d for 30 minutes at -78 °C then allowed to warm to -50 °C over 1 hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL) is added, the mixture allowed to warm to room temperature and the phases separated. The organic phase is washed with brine, dried and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (Eluent 0-2% MeOH in DCM) to give the title product (370 mg, 16%).

LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 1.02 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 323 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 55a: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or nt(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) Conditions method (M+H)+ N-(2- bromophenyl)- 2,2,2- OH HN F oroacetamide (3.63 g, 13.5 1.33 55b O NH 377 mmol) Method 1 Eluent for purification 10% EtOAc in cyclohexane 55c O N-(2-bromo 0.96 337 OH HN methylphenyl)- Method 1 acetamide (3.70 g, O NH 50% content, 8.11 O mmol) Eluent for purification 0- 100% EtOAc in cyclohexane 55d O N-(2-bromo 1.01 327 OH HN H fluorophenyl)- Method 2 F formamide (1.81 g, O NH 8.30 mmol) O Eluent for purification 0-40% EtOAc in cyclohexane 55e O N-(2-bromo 1.03 343, 345 OH HN H Chlorophenyl)- Method 2 Cl formamide (2.67 g, O NH 9.11 mmol) O Eluent for purification 0-40% EtOAc in cyclohexane 55f O N-(2-bromo 0.96 341 OH HN fluorophenyl)- Method 2 F ide (6.0 g, O NH 20.7 mmol) O Eluent for purification 0-40% EtOAc in cyclohexane 55g O 2- 0.83 and 309 OH HN Bromoacetanilide 0.91 (3.09 g, 14.4 Method 2 O NH mmol) and tert- O butyl (1- oxopropan yl)carbamate (1.25 g, 7.22 mmol 55h O N-(2-bromo 0.84 and 323 OH HN methylphenyl)- 0.89 acetamide (1.97 g, Method 2 O NH 8.64 mmol) and O tert-butyl (1- oxopropan yl)carbamate (1.25 g, 7.22 mmol e 56a O HN O N Example 55a (210 mg, 0.65 mmol) is suspended in DCM and Dess Martin periodinane (304 mg, 0.72 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 10 minutes and then shaken with 10% aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and the phases separated. The organic phase is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, dried and the solvent removed to give the title product (208 mg, 100%).

LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 1.13 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 321 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 56a: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or nt(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) Conditions method (M+H)+ O e 55b (1.65 O HN g, 85% content, F F 3.73 mmol) 1.39 56b 375 O NH Eluent for Method 1 O purification 5% EtOAc in cyclohexane 56c O Example 55c (356 1.05 335 O HN mg, 85% content, Method 1 0.90 mmol), O NH 4 hour reaction O Eluent for purification 0-50% EtOAc in cyclohexane 56d O Example 55d (724 1.06 325 O HN H mg), Method 2 F 4 hour reaction O NH Eluent for O purification 0-50% EtOAc in exane 56e O Example 55e (600 1.09 341, 343 O HN H mg, 1.75 mmol), Method 2 Cl 4 hour reaction O NH Eluent for O purification 0-50% EtOAc in cyclohexane 56f O Example 55f (350 1.17 339 O HN mg), Method 2 F 4 hour reaction O NH Eluent for O purification 0-50% EtOAc in cyclohexane 56g O Example 55g (450 1.03 307 O HN mg, 1.46 mmol), Method 2 2 hour reaction O NH No purification 56h O Example 55h (580 0.96 321 O HN mg, 1.80 mmol), Method 2 1 hour on O NH No purification Example 56i O NH H 2 O N The title compound is isolated as a byproduct in the preparation of Example 57b step 1. (see later) (157 mg, 85% t).

LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 1.09 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 279 (M+H)+ Example 56j O HN O N Example 56i (157 mg, 85% content, 0.48 mmol ) is suspended in DCM (5 mL) and cyclopropylcarbanoyl chloride (65 µL, 0.71 mmol) and triethylamine (200 µLm 1.44 mmol) are added. The mixture is stirred overnight then diluted with DCM, washed with 0.2 M aqueous HCl, 0.2 M NaOH and brine, dried and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: 10% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title product (166 mg, 92%).

LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 1.28 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 347 (M+H)+ Example 57a N N Example 56a (205 mg, 0.64 mmol) and ammonium chloride (300 mg, 5.58 mmol) are suspended in 7M ammonia in methanol (4 mL) and heated under microwave irradiation at 140 °C for 16 hours. The t is removed, the residue suspended in methanol and filtered to remove excess ammonium chloride then loaded onto a prewashed SCX cartridge, washed with water and methanol and eluted with 7M ammonia in methanol. The t is removed under vacuum to give the crude title product (106 mg).

LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.58 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 202 (M+H)+ e 57b F F N N Step 1: Example 56b (1.25 g, 3.34 mmol) and um de (0.9 g, 16.5 mmol) are suspended in 7M ammonia in methanol (30 mL) and heated under microwave irradiation at 120 °C for 40 minutes. The mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, the organic phase is dried and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent DCM) to give the Boc protected product, 112 mg).

LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 1.38 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 356 (M+H)+ Step 2: The intermediate from step 1 is suspended in 4M HCl in dioxane and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvent is evaporated and the residue dried under vacuum to give the title product (90 mg) LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.69 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 256 (M+H)+ The following examples are sized in analogy to the preparation of e 57a: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) Conditions method (M+H)+ 57c e 56c (265 0.70 216 N N mg, 0.79 mmol), Method 1 57d Example 56d (580 0.75 206 N N 2 F mg, 1.79 mmol), Method 2 57e Example 56e (320 0.61 222, 224 N N H N Cl mg) Method 2 57f Example 56f (230 0.55 220 N N mg) Method 2 2 F 57g Example 56j (166 0.64 228 mg) Method 1 N N The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 57b: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) e Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) Conditions method (M+H)+ 57h Example 56g (440 0.52 188 mg, 1.36 mmol), Method 2 N N H N HCl 2M in diethyl ether 57i Example 56h (575 0.90 202 N N mg, 1.79 mmol), Method 2 H2N HCl 2M in diethyl ether Example 58a N N O N H H O O e 57a (80 mg, 0.40 mmol), meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (108 mg, 0.48 mmol), Et3N (138 µL, 0.99 mmol) and HATU (181 mg, 0.48 mmol) are suspended in DCM (5 mL) and the mixture stirred overnight. The mixture is diluted with DCM, and washed with water The organic layer is dried, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-3 % MeOH in DCM) to give the title compound (Yield 140 mg, 86%) UPLC-MS d 1): Rt = 0.92 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 411 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 58a: LC-MS MS (ESI pos or Reactant(s) Example Structure Rt [min], APCI, m/z) ions method (M+H)+ F F N Example 57b O N (90 mg) Eluent for 1.36 58b H H 465 purification 0-30% Method 1 N EtOAC in O O cyclohexane 58c e 57c 1.11 425 N N H (70 mg) Method 1 O N Eluent for H H purification 0-50% EtOAC in cyclohexane O O 58d N N Example 57d 1.02 415 O N F (70 mg) Method 2 H H No purification, used as crude O O 58e N N Example 57e 1.12 431/433 O N Cl (60 mg) Method 2 H H No purification, used as crude O O 58f Example 57f 1.10 429 N N H (50 mg) Method 2 O N F No purification, H H used as crude O O 58g Example 57g 1.06 437 (56 mg) Method 1 N N H Eluent for O N purification 0-30% H H EtOAC in cyclohexane O O 58h Example 57h 1.02 397 N N (125 mg) Method 2 O N Eluent for H H purification 0- 100% EtOAC in cyclohexane O O 58i Example 57i 1.29 411 N N H (200 mg) Method 2 O N Eluent for H H purification 0- 100% EtOAC in cyclohexane O O The stereoisomers of the e 58h are separated by HPLC using a chiral stationary phase.

Method for separation: HPLC apparatus type: Waters 600 Pump, 2767 Autosampler, UV Detector 2489; column: Daicel chiralpack OJ-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 20 mm; method: eluent hexane/ethanol 93:7; flow rate: 15 mL/min, temperature: 25°C; UV Detection: 230 nm e 58j: stereoisomer 1 Example 58k: stereoisomer 2 Unknown absolute stereochemistry at Unknown absolute stereochemistry at NH-C marked with an asterisk NH-C marked with an asterisk N N N N H H O N * O N * H H H H N N O O O O Chiral HPLC HPLC-MS Example (Method 17) (Method 2): MS (ESI pos): m/z Rt [min] Rt [min] 58j 9.84 1.10 397 58k 9.97 1.10 397 The stereoisomers of the example 58i are separated by HPLC using a chiral stationary phase.

Method for separation: HPLC apparatus type: Waters 600 Pump, 2767 mpler, UV Detector 2489; column: Daicel chiralpack AS-H, 5.0 µm, 250 mm x 20 mm; method: eluent hexane/ethanol 95:5; flow rate: 8 mL/min, temperature: 25°C; UV Detection: 230 nm Example 58l: stereoisomer 1 e 58m: stereoisomer 2 Unknown absolute stereochemistry at Unknown te stereochemistry at NH-C marked with an asterisk NH-C marked with an asterisk N N N N H H O N * O N * H H H H N N O O O O Chiral HPLC HPLC-MS Example (Method 18) (Method 2): MS (ESI pos): m/z Rt [min] Rt [min] 58l 5.08 1.25 411 58m 5.94 1.25 411 Example 59a O H N N N O N Step 1: Boc-AIB-OH (0.50 g, 2.44 mmol), 2-hydrazinomethylpyridine (1.0 g, 8.24 mmol), HATU (3.70 g, 9.73 mmol) and yl amine (2.48 mL, 17.8 mmol) are suspended in DCM and the mixture stirred overnight, The mixture is filtered, the solvent removed and the residue ed by flash chromatography t 0-100 % ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give impure hydrazide intermediate (800 mg) which is used directly in the following step.

Step 2: The material from step 1 is suspended in dry DCM (20 ML) and polymer supported triphenylphosphine (3 mmol/g, 1.3 g. 3.9 mmol), trimethylsilylazide (520 µL, 3.9 mmol) and diethylazodicarboxylate (2.03 mL, 4.7 mmol) are added. The mixture is stirred overnight, filtered and the solvent removed. The e is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-100 % ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title t (Yield 180 mg).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.76 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 291 (M+H)+ Example 60a H2N N N HCl N Example 59a (180 mg, 0.62 mmol) is suspended in 4M HCl in dioxane (4 ML) and stirred for 3 hours. The solvent is removed under vacuum to give the title product (150 mg, 90% content) S (Method 2): Rt = 0.49 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 191 (M+H)+ e 61a O N H H O O The title product is synthesised from Example 60a (100 mg, 0.44 mmol) in analogy to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 58a (Yield 150 mg, 85%) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.84 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 400 (M+H)+ Example 62a -Chloromethyl-[1,6]naphthyridine (J.Chem. Soc. Perkin 1, 1972, 705-709, 340 mg, 1.9 mmol), zinc cyanide (246 mg, 2.09 mmol), 1,1- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (95 mg, 0.17 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (70 mg, 0.08 mmol) are suspended in dry DMF (5 mL) and heated overnight at 100 °C. The mixture is cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl e. The organic extracts are washed with brine, dried and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is ed by flash chromatography (eluent 20% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (Yield 240 mg) S (Method 2): Rt = 0.78 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 170 (M+H)+ Example 62b The title product is synthesised from 1-Chloromethyl-[2,6]naphthyridine (J.Chem.

Soc. Perkin 1, 1972, 705-709, 726 mg, 4.06 mmol), in y to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 62a using 0-50% EtOAc in cyclohexane as eluent for the purification (Yield 380 mg).

LC-MS (Method 12): Rt = 2.52 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 170 (M+H)+ Example 63a 2 N Cerium(III) chloride (1.05 g, 4.26 mmol) is heated under vacuum at 140 °C for 10 minutes then cooled to 0 °C under en atmosphere and dry THF (12 mL) are added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours then cooled to -78 °C.

Methyl lithium LiCl complex (1.6 M in diethyl ether, 2.66 mL, 4.26 mmol) is added and the mixture stirred at -78 °C for 30 minutes. Example 62a (240 mg, 1.42 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (3 mL) is added dropwise, the mixture stirred for 40 minutes at - 78 °C then allowed to warm slowly to -20 °C and saturated ammonium chloride solution is added dropwise until a precipitate is formed. The mixture is filtered through celite, washing with abundant DCM. The organic phase is washed with water, dried and the solvent removed to give a crude mixture containing the title compound (Yield 230 mg) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.59 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 216 (M+H)+ e 63b 2 N The title product is synthesised from e 62b (380 mg, 2.25 mmol), in y to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 63a (crude yield 560 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.56 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 170 (M+H)+ Example 64a O N H H O O The title t is synthesised from Example 63a (230 mg), in analogy to the ure described for the synthesis of Example 58a (yield 21 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.15 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 425 (M+H)+ Example 64b O N H H O O The title product is synthesised from Example 63b (200 mg), in analogy to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 58a (yield 51 mg).

LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.91 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 425 (M+H)+ Example 65a HO N Ethyl 2-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridinecarboxylate (3.30 g, 16.1 mmol) is suspended in dry THF and cooled to -20 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. Methylmagnesium bromide (1.4 M in THF/toluene, 35 mL, 48.5 mmol) is added dropwise, the mixture d to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution is added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate.

The c extracts are dried and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-100% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title product (yield 1.20 g, 39%) 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 1.64 (s, 6H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H), 8.84 (dd, 1H).

Example 66a Cl H N N O N e 65a (1.2 g, 6.31 mmol) is suspended in chloroacetonitrile (15 mL) and TFA (15 mL) and the mixture stirred overnight, The t is evaporated and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-10% MeOH in DCM) to give the title product (yield 0.5 g, 30% LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.60 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 266/268 (M+H)+ Example 67a H N N Example 66a (100 mg, 0.38 mmol) is ded in 6M aqueous HCl (2 mL) and heated at 80 °C ght, The mixture is loaded onto a prewashed SCX cartridge, washed with water and methanol and eluted with 7M NH3 in methanol. The solvent is removed to give the title product (yield 70 g, 98%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6): δ 1.57 (s, 6H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 6.74 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (dd, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 9.15 (dd, 1H). NH2 not observed.

Example 68a O N H H O O The title product is synthesised from Example 67a (70 mg), in analogy to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 58a (yield 40 mg).

LC-MS (Method 1): Rt = 0.80 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 399 (M+H)+ Example 69a O N H H O O The title product is synthesised from ethyl 8-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine carboxylate (1.0 g, prepared in analogy to the procedure described in . Med.

Chem. Lett, 2012, 1870-1873), in analogy to the procedure bed for the synthesis of Example 65a through to Example 68a (yield 68 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.02 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 399 (M+H)+ Example 70a O N N The title product is synthesised from 2-bromopyridine in analogy to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 55a through to Example 56a (yield 218 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.14 min MS (ESI pos): m/z =265 (M+H)+ Example 71a H 2 O N N Example 70a (218 mg, 0.82 mmol), ammonium e (326 mg, 8.25 mmol) and sodiumcyanoborohydride (62 mg. 0.99 mmol) are combined in dry methanol (5 mL) and the mixture stirred ght then heated in a sealed tube at 90 °C for 6 hours.

The solvent is removed, the residue disoolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried and the solvent removed to give crude title product (yield 220 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.97 min MS (ESI pos): m/z =266 (M+H)+ Example 72a O N N Example 71a (220 mg), acetyl chloride (89 µL, 1.24 mmol) and triethylamine (345 µL, 2.49 mmol) are combined in dry DCM (5 mL) and the mixture stirred for 2 hours The e is diluted with DCM, washed with water, dried and the solvent removed. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-100% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title product (yield 77 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.97 min MS (ESI pos): m/z =308 (M+H)+ Example 73a H N O N Example 72a (77 mg, 0.25 mmol), and Burgess reagent (90 mg, 0.38 mmol) are combined in dry DCM (5 mL) and the mixture stirred overnight The e is diluted with DCM, washed with water, dried and the t removed. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-50% EtOAc in cyclohexane) to give the title product (yield 54 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.06 min MS (ESI pos): m/z =290 (M+H)+ Example 74a HCl N Example 73a (54 mg), is suspended in 2M HCl in diethyl ether and the mixture stirred overnight. The solvent is d under vacuum to give crude title product (yield 42 mg).

LC-MS d 2): Rt = 0.75 min MS (ESI pos): m/z =173 (M-NH2)+ Example 75a O N N H H O O The title product is synthesised from Example 74a (42 mg), in analogy to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 58a using 0-5% MeOH in DCM as eluent for the purification (yield 37 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.05 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 399 (M+H)+ Example 76a H N N Cerium(III) chloride (18.12 g, 74 mmol) is heated under vacuum at 140 °C for 3 hours then cooled to room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere and dry THF (200 mL) are added. The mixture is stirred at room ature overnight then cooled to -78 °C. Methyl lithium LiCl complex (1.6 M in diethyl ether, 46 mL, 74 mmol) is added and the mixture stirred at -78 °C for 2 hours. Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinecarbonitrile (1.05 g) in dry THF (25 mL) is added dropwise, the mixture stirred for 2 hours at -78 °C then saturated ammonium de solution is added followed by concentrated aqueous ammonia. The mixture is warmed to room ature, ed through celite, washing with abundant DCM. The organic phase is washed with water, dried and the solvent removed to give a crude e containing the title compound (Yield 1.27 g) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.55 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 159 (M-NH2)+ Example 77a O N N H H O O The title product is synthesised from Example 76a (154 mg), in analogy to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 58a using 50-70% EtOAc in cyclohexane as eluent for the purification (yield 246 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.00 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 385 (M+H)+ Example 78a N Cl 3-picoline (5.0 g, 53.7 mmol) is ded in acetonitrile and chloroacetinitrile (6.76 mL, 107.4 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and the precipitate is collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give the title compound (7.0 g) 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6) : δ 2.53 (s, 3H), δ 6.04 (s, 2H), 8.16 (dd, J = 6.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 8.0, 1H), 9.09 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 9.17 (s, 1H).

Example 79a Example 78a (2.0 g, 11.9 mmol), 1-nitro-2,2-bis-metil-mercapto-etilene (1.96 g, 11.9 mmol) and triethylamine (3.30 mL, 23.7) are suspended in ethanol (30 mL) and refluxed for 6 hours. The solvent is ated and the residue purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-10% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (0.75 g) 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6) : δ 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 6.69 (2, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H).

Example 80a Example 79a (0.5 g, 2.47 mmol and excess raney nickel (approx. 2 g) are suspended in ethanol and stirred for 6 hours. The solvent is evaporated and the residue purified by flash tography (eluent 0-10% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) to give the title compound (88 mg) LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.15 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 157 (M+H)+ Example 81a Cerium(III) chloride (1.39 g, 5.63 mmol) is heated under vacuum at 140 °C for 3 hours then cooled to room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere and dry THF (10 mL) are added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight then cooled to - 78 °C. Methyl lithium LiCl complex (1.6 M in diethyl ether, 3.52 mL, 5.63 mmol) is added and the mixture stirred at -78 °C for 2 hours. Example 80a (88 mg, 0.56 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) is added dropwise, the mixture stirred for 2 hours at -78 °C then saturated ammonium de solution is added ed by 32% aqueous ammonia.

The mixture is warmed to room temperature, ed through celite, washing with abundant DCM. The organic phase is washed with water, dried and the solvent removed to give a crude mixture ning the title compound (88 mg) UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.12 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 172 (M-NH2)+ Example 82a O N H H O O The title product is synthesised from Example 81a (88 mg), in analogy to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 58a using 0-50% EtOAc in cyclohexane as eluent for the purification (yield 60 mg).

LC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 1.30 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 398 (M+H)+ Exemplary ments Example 1 O I HATU (8 mg, 0.022 mmol) is added to 1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (4.5 mg, 0.020 mmol), 1-(4-iodo2-methylphenoxymethyl opropylamine (3 mg, 0.010 mmol; prepared as described in WO 2012/028676) and DIPEA (6 µl, 0.035 mmol) in DMF (0.200 mL) and stirring is continued for 18 h at rt. The reaction is filtrered on a basic aluminum oxide pad, washed with DMF/MeOH 9:1 (600 µl) and then dried. The residue is diluted with dioxane 0.500 ml and 0.200 mL of 4N HCl on in dioxane and stirring is continued overnight. Solvent is ated to give the title compound (4.8 mg, 100%).

UPLC-MS (Method 3): Rt = 1.36 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 413 (M+H)+ The ing examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 1: UPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ 1-(2-trifluoromethyl- F benzyl)- cylopropylamine (43 mg, 0.200 2 HN 1.06 mmol; prepared as 324 O 4 H described in WO 2007/134862) N Using 1 eq. of carboxylic acid 1-methylphenyl- N H ethylamine 0.92 3 O ClH 245 (1.35 mg, 0.010 3 H H mmol) N 2-methylphenyl- H butanamine 1.21 H 273 4 H ClH (1.63 mg, 0.010 3 H mmol) Example 5 O ClH H H HATU (84 mg, 0.220 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (45 mg, 0.200 mmol), 2-methyl (naphthalenyl)propanamine (47 mg, 0.200 mmol and DIPEA (120 µl, 0.700 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) and stirring is continued overnight at rt. The reaction is purified by preparative HPLC onary phase: Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and lyophilised. The residue in MeOH (3 mL) is treated with HCl in ethyl ether (2M, 1.2 mL, 25.610 mmol). After stirring for 3h, volatiles are ated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue redissolved in ACN/H2O 1:1 and lyophilised to furnish the title nd (44.7 mg, 65%) UPLC-MS (Method 4): Rt = 1.25 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 309 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 5: S MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ 2-methyl(o- ClH tolyl)propan 6 amine 1.22 N O 273 H hydrochloride 3 H (40 mg, 0.200 N mmol) cyclohexylpropan N O H amine 1.21 7 251 H hydrochloride 3 H (36 mg, 0.200 mmol) H N H -dichloro- N H phenyl)propan O 1.31 8 amine 313 (41 mg, 0.200 Cl mmol) Example 9 N O Example 9 is prepared from 1-phenylcyclohexanamine hydrochloride (42 mg, 0.200 mmol) as bed for the example 5 but after the first purification, the compound is purified again first by ative HPLC (stationary phase: e C18 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM) and then over a Water CX 0.4g cartridge to furnish the title compound.(22.9 mg, 40%) UPLC-MS (Method 4): Rt = 1.23 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 285 (M+H)+ Example 10 N O H H HATU (125 mg, 0.330 mmol) is added to meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl) azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (68 mg, 0.300 mmol), (S) 1-(1- napthyl)ethylamine (56 mg, 0.330 mmol and DIPEA (78 µl, 0.450 mmol) in DMF ( 3 mL) and stirring is continued for 18 h at rt. The reaction is filtered on a basic aluminum oxide pad, washed with DMF/MeOH 9:1 (6 ml) and then dried. The residue is diluted with DMF (1 mL) and loaded over a Waters RP 2g cartridge, washed with H2O/MeOH 95:5 (20 mL) and eluted with MeOH (10 e crude is evaporated and dissolved in DCM (2 mL), then TFA (100 µL, 13 mmol) is added and stirring is continued for 4h at rt. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is diluted with H2O/ACN 1:1, then purified over a Waters CX 2g cartridge, washed with MeOH/H2O 95:5 (40 mL), eluted with NH4OH 5% solution in MeOH (10 mL). Solvents are evapoated and the crude is olved in ACN/H2O 1:1 (4 mL) and freeze-dried to give the title compound (84 mg, 100%) UPLC-MS (Method 3): Rt = 1.19 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 281 (M+H)+ Example 11 Cl N N N H H H Cl TEA (6 mL, 44.985 mmol) followed by TBTU (5.3 g, 16.511 mmol) are added to 4- chloro-o-phenylenediamine (2.1 g, 15.001 mmol) and α-(Boc-amino)isobutyric acid, Boc-α-methylalanine (3.3 g, 16.247 mmol) in THF (50 mL). After stirring for 3d at rt, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue taken up in EtOAc, washed with 5% citric acid, 2M NaOH, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporate under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash tography (eluent 50% EtOAc/cyclohexane) to furnish a mixture of adducts (4.2 g, 85%). Such mixture is heated at 60°C overnight in acetic acid (35 mL). Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is taken up in EtOAc, washed with 2M NaOH, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporate under reduce pressure to give a residue. Such residue is suspended in DCM (25 mL) and treated with TFA (10 mL).

Stirring is continued for 2h. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the ing residue taken up with methyl tert-butyl ether, washed with 0.5 M HCl and evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting mixture is taken up and evaporated twice with EtOH to give a residue (3.4 g). 57 mg of such residue (0.2 mmol) and DIPEA (65 µl , 0.4 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) are added to HATU (84 mg, 0.220 mmol), meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane ylic acid (45 mg, 0.200 mmol) and DIPEA (113 µl, 0.700 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) and ng is continued overnight at rt and the reaction mixture purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: e C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + H 5 mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and lyophilised. The residue in MeOH (3 mL) is d with HCl in ethyl ether (2M, 1.2 mL, 25.610 mmol). After stirring for 3h, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting e redissolved in ACN/H2O 1:1 and lyophilised to furnish the title compound (86 mg, 100%) UPLC-MS (Method 4): Rt = 0.83 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 319 (M+H)+ Example 12 H F O N O H H H Cl Example 3b (84 mg, 0.19 mmol) is dissolved in ethyl ether (1 mL), cooled to 0°C and then hydrogen de 2M in ethyl ether (1 mL, 2 mmol) is added dropwise. Stirring is continued overnight at rt. Solvents are removed and the crude product is taken up with ethyl ether twice and then dried and evaporated under reduce pressure to furnish the title compound (60 mg, 84%).

HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 6.32 min MS (APCI): m/z = 343 (M+H)+ The ing examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 12: HPLC-MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ O N O F Example 3a 13 H H 6.91 H Cl (72 mg, 0.177 307 N mmol) O N Example 3k (80 mg, 0.17 3.20 H H 367 14 mmol); using 8 N ClH dioxane as solvent O N O e 3l 2.31 H H (150 mg. 0.355 323 ClH 12 N mmol); using H dioxane as solvent N Example 3s O (95 mg, 0.219 5.71 16 H 302 H O mmol); using 7 MeOH as solvent Example 5a 5.98 17 O N 314 H (60 mg. 0.145 7 H H ClH mmol) Example 5b 5.47 18 O N 344 H (110 mg. 0.248 7 H H ClH mmol) Example 5e 3.09 19 O N 357 H (13.5 mg. 0.03 8 H H ClH mmol) N Example 9g N O (142 mg, 0.370 .92 H 285 mmol); using 10 H H MeOH as solvent N Example 9h 21 N O (144 mg, 0.365 1.48 H 296 mmol); using 11 H H MeOH as solvent Example 9d N O (299 mg, 0.730 2.40 22 310 mmol); using DCM 11 H Cl H H as solvent F ClH Example 9e N O (48 mg, 0.113 2.70 23 H 314 mmol); using 10 H H MeOH as solvent Example 9f 24 (40 mg, 0.095 2.10 N O H 296 mmol); using 8 H H MeOH as solvent N ClH e 9a N O H (104 mg, 0.275 1.54 H H mmol); using 8 MeOH as solvent H Cl N e 9l H (60 mg, 98% 1.92 26 N O 296 content, 0.149 10 H H mmol) S Example 9k N (161 mg, 97% N O H content, 0.427 1.65 27 266 H H H mmol) 10 using MeOH as H solvent O Example 14a 28 N O H (48 mg, 0.117 2.58 H H mmol); using 9 MeOH as solvent H N Example 19a N F H 2.48 H F F (142 mg, 0.322 342 29 H Cl 8 N mmol) H N Example 19b H H (130 mg, 0.335 2.06 mmol); using 8 H Cl MeOH as solvent N Example 23b O (41 mg, 95% H N 2.13 31 H content, 0.086 353 H mmol) Example 32 H N N O N N H H Example 32 is prepared from example 29b (107 mg, 0.268 mmol) in analogy to example 12 using SCX cartridge purification of the residue resulting from reaction.

Fractions obtained upon eluting with metanolic ammonia are evaporated under reduced re to give the title compound (59 mg, 74 %) HPLC-MS d 10): Rt = 2.40 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 300 (M+H)+ The ing examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 32: HPLC-MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 9i N (240 mg, 97% 33 N O content, 0.568 1.57 H 310 mmol) 11 H H Using MeOH as N solvent) e 9j N (126 mg, 0.319 H 2.02 34 N O mmol) 296 H H Using DCM as solvent H N N Example 29c O N (184 mg, 0.461 N 1.87 H H mmol) 300 Using MeOH/Ethyl H ether as solvents Example 36 H O H N F H O F Example 36 is prepared from example 5c (75 mg, 0.169 mmol) in analogy to example 12 using preparative HPLC cation of the residue (stationary phase: Xbridge C18 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. Aqueous layer is extracted with DCM, separated and DCM is evaporated.

The residue is dissolved in MeOH and loaded on a SCX cartridge. Fractions ed upon eluting with metanolic ammonia are evaporated to furnish the title nd (15 mg, 26%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.17 min MS (APCI): m/z = 344 (M+H)+ Example 37 H O H N H O Example 37 is prepared from e 5k (42 mg, 0.108 mmol) in analogy to example 12 using MeOH as solvent. Then the reaction mixture is basified with NH3 in MeOH purified with preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm.

Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM). Fractions containing the title compound are ed and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. Aqueous layer is ted with DCM, separated and the organic layer is evaporated to furnish the title compound (5.5 mg, 18%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 1.89 min MS (APCI): m/z = 291 (M+H)+ Example 38 O N O H H N Example 38 is prepared from example 3d (109 mg, 98% t, 0.274 mmol) in analogy to example 12. The residue is dissolved in HCl in MeOH and ed by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and evaporated, redissolved in MeOH, purified on SCX cartridge and eluted with metanolic a to furnish the title compound (26 mg, 33%) HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 5.45 min MS (APCI): m/z = 290 (M+H)+ Example 39 H H H O Example 3i (85 mg, 81% t, 0.17 mmol) is dissolved in methanol (4mL) and then hydrogen chloride 2M in ethyl ether (0.86 mL, 1.71 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued overnight at rt. Solvents are removed under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and evaporated under reduced pressure.

The e is taken up with HCl in ethyl ether (1mL), then ated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (28 mg, 48%) HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 5.91 min MS (APCI): m/z = 303 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 39: HPLC-MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ O Cl Example 3j H H 3.46 40 N (130 mg, 95% 289 H O 10 t, 0.318 mmol) O H Cl Example 3q H 5.33 41 N (80 mg, 0.167 293 H O 7 mmol) Example 42 H O Example 42 is prepared from example 3t (65 mg, 0.159 mmol) in y to example 39 using SCX cartridge purification of the residue ed from preparative HPLC.

Fractions obtained upon eluting with metanolic ammonia are evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue is taken up with MeOH and hydrogen chloride 2M in ethyl ether is added. The residue is evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (47 mg, 86%).

HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 5.47 min MS (APCI): m/z = 309 (M+H)+ Example 43 H O Example 43 is prepared from example 3n (85 mg, 87% content, 0.190 mmol) in analogy to example 39 purifying on SCX cartridge the residue obtained from preparative HPLC purification. Fractions obtained upon eluting with metanolic ammonia are evaporated under reduced re to give the title compound (27 mg, 49%).

S (Method 6): Rt = 6.55 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 289 (M+H)+ Example 44 H Cl H O Example 44 is prepared from example 3p (92 mg, 0.210 mmol) in analogy to example 12 using MeOH as t. The solution is decanted, the remaining precipitate is dissolved in MeOH and ipitated with ethyl ether. The precipitate is filtered and dried to furnish the title compound (61 mg, 89 %) HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 4.45 min MS (APCI): m/z = 290 (M+H)+ Example 45 H N Example 45 is prepared from example 23c (220 mg, 0.552 mmol) in analogy to example 39 using with MeOH (1 mL) and ethyl ether (8 mL) as solvents.The mixture is evaporated and the residue is partitioned n water and DCM. The aqueous layer is evaporated to furnish the title compound (50 mg, 27%) HPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 1.48 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 297 (M+H)+ Example 46 H N H Example 46 is prepared from example 29a (115 mg, 0.298 mmol) in y to example 39 using with MeOH (1 mL) and ethyl ether (8 mL) as solvents.The mixture is evaporated and the residue is partitioned between water and DCM. The s layer is evaporated, the resulting residue redissolved in MeOH and ed on SCX cartridge and eluted with metanolic ammonia to furnish the title compound (33 mg, 82%) HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 1.82 min MS (APCI): m/z = 286 (M+H)+ Example 47 H O N Example 3v (13 g, 33.37 mmol) is suspended in MeOH/Water 1:1 (35 mL/35 mL), split in 7 equal batches and heated under microwaves irradation (150oC) for 70 min.

Solvents are removed under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 100% DCM to 93:7:0.7 OH/NH3) to furnish the title compound (7 g, 72%).

UPLC-MS (Method 2): Rt = 0.68 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 290 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the ation of example 47: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure nt(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ H O H N Example 3h H O 2.14 48 N (25 mg, 0.061 308 mmol) N Example 9b N O 1.61 49 H (730 mg, 1,832 299 H H mmol) Example 50 N O H H Example 50 is prepared from example 9c (30 mg, 0.062 mmol) as described for the example 47 purifying the reaction e on a SCX cartridge, which is washed with MeOH and DCM, and then eluted with NH3 in MeOH to give the title compound (22 mg, 95 %) HPLC-MS (Method 10): Rt = 3.63 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 375 (M+H)+ The following e is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ N O Example 34a 1.68 51 H 286 (60 mg, 98% content, 11 H H 0.153 mmol) Example 52 H O H N H O F N Example 5h (200 mg, 0.451 mmol) is suspended in MeOH (1 mL) and water (1.5 mL) and the mixture is heated under microwaves irradation (150oC) for 50 min and then for one additional hour. Volatiles are removed under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by Preparative HPLC onary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The s layer is basified and extracted with DCM. The separated organic layer is evaporated to furnish the title compound (95 mg, 61%) HPLC-MS d 11): Rt = 2.33 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 344 (M+H)+ Example 53 H O Example 3c (95 mg, 0.208 mmol) is dissolved in dry DCM (1 mL), cooled to 0°C and then hydrogen chloride 2M in ethyl ether (1 mL, 2 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued for 5h at rt resulting in formation of a itate. The solution is decanted and the remaining precipitate is ved in MeOH and loaded on an SCX cartridge.

Fractions obtained upon eluting with metanolic ammonia are evaporated under reduced re to give the title compound (64 mg, 86%).

HPLC-MS (Method 10): Rt = 3.51 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 360 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 53: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ O Example 3f N (156 mg, 95% 2.48 54 H H O 326 content, 0.341 8 N mmol) O Example 3g N (108 mg, 96% 2.61 55 H H O 326 content, 0.244 8 N mmol) Example 56 H O H N H O Example 56 is prepared from e 5f (158 mg, 0.371 mmol) in analogy to example 53. The reaction mixture is basified with NH3 in MeOH and purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and basified with NaHCO3 satured solution. Solvents are removed and the e is loaded on an SCX cartridge. Fractions obtained upon g with metanolic ammonia are evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (38 mg, 31%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.80 min MS (APCI): m/z = 326 (M+H)+ Example 57 H O H N H O Example 57 is prepared from example 15c (94 mg, 83% content, 0.197 mmol) in analogy to example 53. The reaction mixture is basified with NH3 in MeOH and purified by preparative HPLC onary phase: Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm.

Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and basified with NH3 in MeOH, then purified by flash chromatography (eluent .5 DCM/MeOH/NH4OH) to furnish the title compound (15 mg, 24%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.19 min MS (APCI): m/z = 316 (M+H)+ The following e is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 57: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ O N O Example 5j H H 2.97 58 F (280 mg, 345 F 10 F 0.630 mmol) Example 59 O N H H Hydrogen chloride 4M in dioxane (3 mL, 12 mmol) is added to example 3r (30 mg, 0.080 mmol) and ng is continued for 3 h. Solvents are evaporated and the e is dried under reduce pressure to give the title compound (10 mg, 40%) HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 2.50 min MS (APCI): m/z = 275 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 59: HPLC-MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ O N O N N Example 3m 1.70 60 H H (170 mg, 279 ClH 8 0.418 mmol) O N O Example 3u 1.70 61 H H N (110 mg, 315 N 0.265 mmol) H ClH O N O Example 3o H H (200 mg, 75% 3.34 62 N O 316 content, 10 N ClH 0.361 mmol) Example 63 H O H N H O F N Example 3w (25.9 g 58.4 mmol) is split in 4 equal parts and each of them is dissolved in MeOH (6.5 mL), cooled to 0°C and treated with Hydrogen chloride 2M in ether (37 mL, 73 mmol). Stirring is continued overnight. Volatiles are removed under reduced pressure and the es olved in MeOH, purified over SCX cartridges, washed with DCM/MeOH 1:1 and eluted with 2N metanolic ammonia and combined to furnish the title compound (20.05 g, 100%).

HPLC-MS (Method 10): Rt = 3.09 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 344 (M+H)+ Example 64 O N O N H H Example 64 is prepared from e 5l (90 mg, 0.195 mmol) in analogy to example 59. Following evaporation of volatiles, the residue is ed by Preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The s layer is basified and extracted with DCM. The separated organic layer is evaporated to furnish the title compound (35 mg, 57%) HPLC-MS (Method 10): Rt = 3.28 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 316 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 64: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ O N O Example 15b 2.32 65 H H (60 mg, 0.140 329 mmol) The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 47: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ O N N N H H Example 15d 1.83 66 291 (58 mg, 8 0.149 mmol) e 67 H O H N H O Example 5d (20 mg, 98% content, 0.05 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (0.5 mL), cooled to 0°C and then hydrogen chloride 2M in ethyl ether (1 mL, 2 mmol) is added dropwise. Stirring is continued for 1h at rt. Hydrogen chloride 2M in ethyl ether (1 mL, 2 mmol) is added dropwise and stirring is further continued for 2h at rt. Volatiles are evaporated under d pressure to furnish the title compound (16 mg, 97%).

HPLC-MS (Method 8): Rt = 1.78 min MS (APCI): m/z = 291 (M+H)+ Example 68 H N Example 68 is prepared from example 23a (105 mg, 0.273 mmol) as described for example 67 using ethyl ether as solvent. The precipitate formed during the reaction is filtered and washed with ethyl ether and dried. Then the residue is dissolved in water and washed with DCM. The aqueous layer is lyophilized to furnish the title compound (55 mg, 63 %) HPLC-MS (Method 12): Rt = 0.27 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 285 (M+H)+ Example 69 H N H N Example 69 is prepared from e 23d (25 mg, 0.065 mmol) as described for example 67 using MeOH as solvent (1 mL). Volatiles are evaporated, then the residue is dissolved in water and washed with DCM. The aqueous layer is lyophilized to furnish the title nd (16 mg, 78 %) HPLC-MS d 12): Rt = 0.25 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 286 (M+H)+ Example 70 H N O Example 15a (105 mg, 0.253 mmol) is dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and Hydrogen chloride 4M in dioxane (1.2 mL, 0.506 mmol) is added and stirring is continued overnight. Volatiles are removed under reduce pressure to give a residue that is purified by ative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer is basified with 10% NaOH and ted with DCM. The separated organic layer is evaporated under reduced pressure.The resulting residue is dissolved in EtOH and Hydrogen chloride 4M in dioxane (0.200 mL) is added. les are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (53 mg, 59%) HPLC-MS d 8): Rt = 3.27 min MS (APCI): m/z = 315 (M+H)+ Example 71 O Cl H O TEA (0.144 mL, 1.041 mmol) and iodomethane (0.032 mL, 0.521 mmol) are added to example 40 (110 mg, 0.347 mmol) ved in DMF and stirring is continued for 2 days.

The reaction e is diluted with water and ethyl ether.The separated organic layer is dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 98:2:0.2 to 80:20:2 DCM/MeOH/NH4OH).The resulting residue is dissolved in EtOH and treated with HCl 4M in e. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (23 mg, 22%).

HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 6.04 min MS (APCI): m/z = 303 (M+H)+ Example 72 H H H O Acetic acid (104 µL, 1.734 mmol) and acetone (51 µL, 0.694 mmol) are added to example 40 (100 mg, 0.347) ved in DMF (2 mL). After 1h, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (147 mg, 0.694 mmol) is added to the mixture and stirring overnight.The reaction e is diluted with water and extracted with ethyl ether.

Volatiles are removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by Preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Sunfire C18 ODB 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + CF3COOH 0.05%), then by ative HPLC (stationary phase: Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5mM).

Fractions containing the title compound are combined and evaporated under reduced re. The resulting residue is dissolved in DCM and washed with water. Volatiles are removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by flash chromatography t 98:2:0.2 to 90:10:1 DCM/MeOH/NH4OH). The residue is ved in MeOH and treated with HCl 4M in dioxane. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (22 mg, 17%).

HPLC-MS (Method 7): Rt = 5.97 min MS : m/z = 331 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 47: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS Rt [min], (ESI neg, m/z) method Example 9m N (225 mg, 97% 1.81 73 N O H 315 [M-H]- content, 0.52 11 H H mmol) Example 74 O N N H H Hydrogen chloride 4M in dioxane (2 mL, 8.0 mmol) is added to example 9n (80 mg, 22% content, 0,042 mmol) and stirring is continued for 5 h. The reaction e is basified by addition of methanolic ammonia, water and DCM are added, the c layer is separated, dried by Phase separator cartridge and solvent evaporated affording a residue that is ed by preparative HPLC onary phase XTerra C18 OBD 5 μm 30 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5 mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer is ted with DCM, separated and the DCM is evaporated to furnish the title compound (12 mg, 90%) HPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 2.75 min MS (APCI): m/z = 317 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 74: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS Rt [min], (ESI pos or method APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ Example 9o O N N (100 mg, 50% 2.83 75 H 317 content 7a H H 0.12 mmol) F Example 9p O N N (360 mg, 69% 3.43 76 H 367 content 7a H H 0.53 mmol) The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ e 9q 1.90 77 N O 311 H (170 mg, 99% 7a H H content, 0.41 mmol) Example 78 N O H H Example 78 is prepared from example 9r (120 mg, 98% content, 0.29 mmol) as described for the e 50 purifying the residue from SCX cartridge by flash chromatography (eluent 95:5:0.5 DCM/MeOH/NH4OH) to furnish the title compound (81 mg, 91%).

HPLC-MS d 11): Rt = 2.19 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 311 (M+H)+ The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ N N O H 1.48 79 N H H Example 9s 299 N (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 32: HPLC-MS (ESI pos or e Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 9t (300 mg, 0.733 N O 0.26 mmol), 310 H 12 H H using DCM as solvent N e 9u S N O H (39 mg, 98% 81 N H H 1.58 Cl content, 0.09 mmol), 325 N using DCM as H solvent Example 82 N O H H Example 9v (65 mg, 98% content, 0.148 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH and palladium (16 mg, 0.015 mmol) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated at 1 bar for 2h. The catalyst is removed by filtration and washed with MeOH. The resulting solution is evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a residue that is purified by flash chromatography t 0-4% MeOH+1%NH4OH/DCM) to furnish the title compound (28 mg, 64%).

HPLC-MS (Method 12): Rt = 2.16 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 298 (M+H)+ The following es are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of e 50: HPLC-MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ N O Example 9w 1.63 83 H 299 (127 mg, 0,319 10 H H mmol) N N N O Example 9x 2.40 84 H 285 (190 mg, 0,494 7a H H mmol) The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 47: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 9y (95 mg, 70% 1.50 85 N O H 285 content, 0,17 11 H H mmol) N N Example 9z N O (95 mg, 87% 1.55 86 H 285 content, 0,22 11 H H mmol) N Example 9aa N O (80 mg, 98% 2.55 87 H 284 content, 0,20 12a H H mmol) N Example 29d N O 1.81 88 H (150 mg, 0,365 311 H H mmol) The ing example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ O N Example 29e 2.42 89 N 297 (250 mg, 95% 12 H H content, 0,599 mmol) The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 32: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 29f (160 mg, 98% 90 t, 0,396 2.09 N O H 296 mmol) 7b H H Using MeOH as N solvent) The following examples is sized in analogy to the preparation of example 12: HPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure nt(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ Example 29g 91 N O (126 mg, 0,319 1.65 H 296 H H mmol) using DCM 11 as solvent H Cl N The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, method m/z) (M+H)+ N O Example 34b 2.58 92 H 300 (180 mg, 0,451 12a H H mmol) The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 47: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ H O H N Example 39a H 2.68 93 N (60 mg, 0.15 299 N 7a H mmol) The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 32: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (ESI pos, m/z) method (M+H)+ H O H N Example 39b H N H (62 mg, 94% 1.29 94 N 285 N content, 0.15 11 H mmol) The ing e is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (m/z) method N e 39c 1.95 311 (ESI neg) 95 N O H (84 mg, 0.20 11 (M-H)- H H mmol) F N N Example 39d 96 N O 2.24 367 (ESI pos) H (60 mg, 0.13 11 (M+H)+ H H mmol) N Example 39e 2.13 339 (ESI pos) 97 N O H (90 mg, 0.21 11 (M+H)+ H H mmol) N Example 39f 2.39 325 (ESI neg) 98 N O H (70 mg, 0.16 11 (M-H)- H H mmol) O N Example 39g 369 (ESI pos) 99 N O 1.97 H (60 mg, 0.13 11 (M+H)+ H H mmol) Example 100 N O H H utyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (162 µL, 0.71 mmol) is added to example 9ab (92 mg, 0.23 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (108 µL, 0,92 mmol) in DCM (2.8 mL). After 2h the reaction mixture is washed with saturated ammonium chloride and brine. The organic layer is separated and dried with a Phase tor cartridge and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a residue that is dissolved in THF (1 mL) at -30 °C and treated with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 M in THF, 87 µL, 0.087 mmol).

After stirring 30 min at -30 °C, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-10% MeOH+1%NH4OH/DCM). Fractions ning the title compound are combined and further purified over SCX cartridge, washed with MeOH and eluted with methanolic ammonia. Volatiles are d under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound (21 mg, 30%).

UPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 1.67 MS (ESI pos): m/z = 299 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 47: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ H O H N e 44a H N H (4.93 g, 96% 3.04 101 N 304 O t, 11.73 7a F mmol) H O H N Example 44b H 3.35 102 N (800 mg, 1.76 354 O 7a F mmol) F F The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ H O H N Example 44c H N H (290 mg, 95% 3.19 103 N 320 O content, 0.66 7a Cl mmol) The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 78: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ H O H N Example 44d H 3.50 104 N (105 mg, 0.25 326 O 7a mmol) Example 105 N O H H Hydrogen de 4M in dioxane (15 mL, 60 mmol) is added to e 45a (2.45 g, 5.88 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) and stirring is continued for 5 h. The reaction mixture is basified by addition of methanolic ammonia (7N). Solids are removed by filtration and washed with DCM. Volatiles are evaporated ing a residue that is triturated with ethyl ether to furnish the title compound (1.60 g, 86%) HPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 3.06 min MS (APCI): m/z = 317 (M+H)+ Example 106 N O H H Hydrogen chloride 4M in e (3 mL, 12 mmol) is added to example 45b (220 mg, 0.51 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) and stirring is continued for 4 h. The reaction mixture is basified by addition of olic ammonia (7N). Solids are removed by filtration and washed with DCM. Volatiles are evaporated affording a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (10/1/90 MeOH/NH4OH/DCM) followed by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4HCO3 5 mM). Fractions containing the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer is ted with DCM, separated and the DCM is evaporated to furnish the title compound (30 mg, 18%) HPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 2.38 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 333 (M+H)+ The following es are synthesized in y to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ H O H N Example 45c H 3.21 107 N (1.16 g, 2.81 313 N 7a mmol) N Example 45d H 3.02 108 N (140 mg, 0.34 313 H N 7a O mmol) Example 109 N O H H Hydrogen chloride 4M in e (2 mL, 8 mmol) is added to example 45e (40 mg, 0.10 mmol) and stirring is continued for 4 h. The reaction mixture is basified by addition of ammonium hydroxide. The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM. The organic layer is separated, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure affording a e that is ed by preparative HPLC (stationary phase Xbridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm. Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4COOH 5 mM). Fractions ning the title compound are combined and ACN is evaporated under reduced pressure. The aqueous layer is extracted with DCM, separated and the DCM is evaporated to afford a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (10/1/90 MeOH/NH4OH/DCM) to furnish the title compound (10 mg, 33%) HPLC-MS d 7a): Rt = 2.41 min MS (APCI): m/z = 303 (M+H)+ The following example is sized in analogy to the preparation of example 47: HPLC-MS MS Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], (APCI, m/z) method (M+H)+ N H H Example 45f N 2.88 110 H (171 mg, 0.38 353 7a N mmol) H F F F Example 111 (mixture of stereoisomers)) N O H H Hydrogen chloride 4M in dioxane (3 mL, 12 mmol) is added to example 48a (220 mg, 0.51 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) and stirring is continued for 4 h. The reaction mixture is ed by on of NH4OH (30%). The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure affording a residue that is triturated with ethyl ether to furnish the title compound (100 mg, 56%) HPLC-MS (Method 10): Rt = 2.88 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 285 (M+H)+ The following examples are sized in analogy to the preparation of example 111: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS (APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ 112 (single stereoisomer, N * N Example 48b unknown absolute N O 3.09 H (70 mg, 0.18 285 stereochemistry at 7a H H mmol) NH-C marked with an asterisk) 113 (single isomer, N * N e 48c n absolute N O 3.00 H (70 mg, 0.18 285 stereochemistry at 7a H H mmol) NH-C marked with an asterisk) N The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ N Example 54a 3.90 114 (mixture of N O H (50 mg, 0.12 319 stereoisomers) H H mmol) 115 (single Cl isomer, N * N Example 54b n absolute N O 2.19 H (82 mg, 0.20 319 stereochemistry at 11 H H mmol) NH-C marked with an asterisk) 116 (single Cl stereoisomer, N * N Example 54c unknown absolute N O 2.22 H (86 mg, 0.21 319 stereochemistry at 11 H H mmol) NH-C marked with an asterisk) Example 54d (40 mg, 93% 2.02 117 (mixture of N O H 299 content, 0.09 11 stereoisomers) H H mmol) 118 (single stereoisomer, N * N Example 54e unknown absolute N O H 2.03 (41 mg, 0.10 299 chemistry at H H 11 mmol) NH-C marked with an asterisk) H 119 (single stereoisomer, N * N Example 54f unknown absolute N O H 2.05 (42 mg, 0.11 299 stereochemistry at H H 11 mmol) NH-C marked with an asterisk) H Example 120 H N Example 23e (35 mg, 0.08 mmol) is suspended in 4M HCl in dioxane (2 mL) and stirred for 1 hour. The solvent is removed, the e redissolved in water, washed with DCM and the aqueous phase evaporated to give the title compound (29 mg, 98%).

HPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 2.04 min MS (ESI neg): m/z = 323 [M-H]- The following examples are sized in analogy to the preparation of example 120: MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ N Example 23f 121 H N 2.35 H (29 mg, 0.06 353 H F Method 7b N F F mmol) 122 N Example 23g 2.35 353 N (55 mg, 0.12 Method 10 H F mmol) H F F 123 Br Example 23h 2.32 363/365 O (38 mg, 0.08 Method 7b H N H mmol) 124 N F Example 23i 2.32 353 N F H N F (76 mg, 0.17 Method 11 mmol) 125 O Example 23k 1.67 365 [M-H]- (25 mg, 0.05 Method 11 O mmol) H N H 2M HCl in H diethylether HCl (2 mL), MeCN (1 mL) 126 N Example 23l 2.91 299 N (261 mg, 0.65 Method 7a H N mmol) H 2M HCl in diethylether (3.25 mL), MeOH (5 mL) overnght 127 F Example 23m 2.34 369 [M-H]- N F (67 mg, 0.14 Method 11 O F H N mmol) 3h reaction 128 Example 2.23 339 N 23ae Method 11 H N (28 mg) MeOH as co- H solvent (1 2HCl Overnight reaction 129 F e 23af 3.40 367 N F (43 mg) Method 11 H N MeOH as co- solvent (2 H mL) Overnight reaction 130 Example 23p 2.39 313 O (141 mg) Method 10 H N H MeOH as co- N solvent (2 HCl mL) Overnight reaction 131 N Example 0.58 286 N 23ac Method H N (11 mg) 12a H MeOH as cosolvent purified by Example 132 H N Example 23j (26 mg, 0.06 mmol) is ded in 2M HCl in diethyl ether (1 mL) and stirred for 1 hour. The solvent is removed under vacuum to give the title compound (22 mg, 100%).

HPLC-MS (Method 10): Rt = 2.63 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 310 [M+H]+ The following examples are synthesized in y to the preparation of example 132: Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS MS (ESI pos or APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ N Example 23n O F N (76 mg, 0.19 1.93 133 H N H mmol) Method 303 N 4M HCl in 12a HCl dioxane 134 Example 64a 2.58 325 H (21 mg) Method 7a O N N MeOH as co- H H solvent (2 O O 135 N e 23u 1.44 303 N (8 mg, 0.02 Method 11 H N F mmol) N purified by 136 N Example 23r 1.37 301 [M-H]- N (12 mg, 0.04 Method 11 H N mmol) H F N purified by 137 N Example 23s 2.77 311 N (160 mg, 0.34 Method 7a O NH mmol) H H MeOH as cosolvent H mL) purified by Example 138 N N O N H H Example 58a (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) is suspended in DCM (5 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) is added. The mixture is stirred for 30 minutes and the solvent d under vacuum.

The residue is loaded onto an SCX cartridge, washed with methanol and eluted with 7M ammonia in ol. The solvent is removed under vacuum to give the title compound (72 mg, 95%).

HPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 2.05 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 311 [M+H]+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the ation of example 138: MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ F F N N Example 58b 139 O N (81 mg, 0.17 2.49 mmol) Method 11 H H 140 N O Example 23o 1.48 315 O N N (88 mg, 0.21 Method 11 H H mmol) 141 e 58g 2.24 337 (75 mg, 0.17 Method 11 N N mmol) O N H H 142 N N Example 61a 1.48 300 O N N (150 mg, 0.38 Method 7a H H mmol) 143 N Cl Example 23q 1.74 317 [M-H]- O N N (131 mg, 0.3 Method 11 H H mmol) 144 Example 64b 1.96 325 N (51 mg, 0.12 Method 11 O N mmol) H H 145 N Example 23t 2.80 297 N (100 mg, 0.25 Method 7a O NH mmol) H H Neat TFA (2 146 N Example 2.88 325 N 23ag Method 7a O NH (20 mg, 0.05 H H mmol) N Neat TFA (2 147 e 68a 0.26 299 (40 mg, 0.10 Method 12 O NH mmol) Neat TFA (2 H H 148 Example 58c 3.03 325 N N (74 mg, 0.17 Method 7a O N mmol) Neat TFA (2 H H 149 Example 23v 2.47 343 N (64 mg, 0.14 Method 11 N mmol) O NH Neat TFA (2 H H mL) 150 N Example 69a 2.30 299 N (68 mg, 0.17 Method 7a O NH mmol) H H 151 Example 23w 2.80 317 F (55 mg, 0.12 Method 7a O NH mmol) H H 152 F F N Example 23x 3.19 369 O (23 mg, 0.04 Method 7a O NH mmol) H H Neat TFA (2 153 Example 75a 2.77 299 N (37 mg, 0.09 Method 7a O NH mmol) H H 154 Example 58d 1.90 315 N N O N F (60 mg, 0.14 Method 7a mmol) H H ed by N preperative HPLC 155 Example 23y 1.77 329 (76 mg) Method 11 O NH Purified by H H preperative HPLC 156 e 58e 2.75 331 N N O N Cl (100 mg, 0.23 Method 10 mmol) H H Purified by N preperative HPLC 157 Example 58f 2.82 329 N N (60 mg, 0.14 Method 7a O N F mmol) Purified by H H preperative H TLC 158 N Example 23z 2.70 317 N (22 mg, 0.05 Method 7a O NH mmol) H H F 159 N Example 2.98 285 N 23aa Method 7a O NH (150 mg, 0.39 H H mmol) 160 N Example 3.27 285 N 23ab Method 7a O NH (167 mg, 0.43 H H mmol) 161 (mixture of Example 58h 2.95 297 stereoisomers) N N (50 mg, 0.13 Method 7a O N mmol) H H 162 (mixture of Example 58i 3.55 311 stereoisomers) N N (50 mg, Method 7a O N 0.12mmol) H H 163 Example 58j 3.03 297 Single N N (55 mg, 0.14 Method 7a stereoisomer of O N * mmol) unknown H H absolute configuration at N CH marked with 164 Example 58k 2.98 297 Single N N (55 mg, 0.14 Method 7a stereoisomer of O N * mmol) unknown H H absolute configuration at N CH marked with asterisk 165 Example 58l 2.26 311 Single N N (70 mg, 0.17 Method 11 stereoisomer of O N * mmol) unknown H H absolute configuration at N CH marked with asterisk 166 Example 58m 2.28 311 Single N N (70 mg, 0.17 Method 11 stereoisomer of O N * mmol) unknown H H absolute configuration at N CH marked with asterisk Example 167 O N H N 2,6-Lutidine (212 mg, 1.98 mmol) and tert-butyldimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulfonate (290 mg, 1.1 mmol) are added to example 77a (85 mg) suspended in dry DCM (7 mL) and the mixture is stirred for 15 minutes. The on is washed with water, dried and the solvent removed. The residue is suspended in dry THF (5 mL) and tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 220 µL, 0.22 mmol) is added and the mixture stirred for 15 s. The solvent is evaporated, the mixture partitioned between water and DCM, the phases ted, the organic phase dried and the solvent removed. The t is purified by peparative HPLC to give the title compound (28 mg).

HPLC-MS (Method 7a): Rt = 2.70 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 285 [M+H]+ Example 168 O N H N Example 167 (148 mg) is suspended in ethanol (25 mL) and hydrogenated at 3.5 bar overnight using 10% palladium on activated carbon as the catalyst. The e is filtered through celite and the solvent removed. The e is purified by flash chromatography (eluent DCM/MeOH/NH4OH 90:10:1) to give the title compound (88 mg).

HPLC-MS (Method 11): Rt = 1.71 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 289 [M+H]+ Example 169 H O Cl N N N H H H Cl N,N′-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (1.75 g, 8.5 mmol) is added portionwise at 0°C to 4- chloro-o-phenylenediamine (1.21 g, 8.5 mmol) and 3-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminotetrahydro-furancarboxylic acid (1.97 g, 8.5 mmol) in THF (50 mL). After stirring overnight at rt, the reaction mixture was filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-5% EtOH/DCM) to h [3-(5-Chloro-1H-benzoimidazolyl)-tetrahydro-furanyl]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2.35 g, 78%). [3-(5-Chloro-1H-benzoimidazolyl)-tetrahydro-furanyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2.09 g, 6.19 mmol) is dissolved in DCM (100 mL) and treated with TFA (10 mL). Stirring is continued for 2h. Volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting e taken up twice with ethyl ether and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 3-(5-Chloro-1H-benzoimidazolyl)-tetrahydro-furan ylamine as trifluoroacetic salt crude (2.2 g). meso-(1R,5S,6r)(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid (43 mg, 0.19 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and HATU (143 mg, 0.38 mmol) and DIPEA (146 µl, 0.85 mmol) are added. After stirring 15 s, 3-(5-Chloro-1H- benzoimidazolyl)-tetrahydro-furanylamine as trifluoroacetic salt crude (60 mg, 0.17 mmol) is added and continued to be stirred overnight at rt. The reaction e is purified by preparative HPLC (stationary phase: XBridge C18 5 μm 19 x 100 mm.

Mobile phase: ACN/ H2O + NH4HCO3 5 mM). Fractions ning meso-(1R,5S,6r)- 6-[3-(6-Chloro-1H-benzoimidazolyl)-tetrahydro-furanylcarbamoyl]azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexanecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester are combined and lyophilized.

The e in dioxane (1 mL) is treated with HCl in dioxane (4M, 0.43 mL, 1.71 mmol). After stirring overnight at rt, volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue is dissolved in ACN/H2O 1:1 and lyophilized to furnish the title compound (40 mg, 61%) UPLC-MS (Method 3): Rt = 0.77 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 347 (M+H)+ The following example is sized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ N O Example 9ac 2.47 170 325 H (170 mg, 0,400 11 H H mmol) The following example is synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 100: HPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ 2.56 171 H Example 9ad 298 N 11 H (72 mg, 0,18 mmol) The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS (ESI pos, e ure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ O Example 9ae N 1.42 172 H (350 mg, 80% 274 H H 11 content, 0,750 N mmol) 173 (mixture of O Example 9af N 2.08 stereoisomers) H (50 mg, 0.13 287 H H mmol) 174 (single stereoisomer, unknown absolute * O Example 9ag N 2.00 stereochemistry at H (71 mg, 0.18 287 NH-C marked with H H mmol) an asterisk) N 175 (single stereoisomer, unknown absolute * O Example 9ah N 2.03 chemistry at H (77 mg, 0.20 287 NH-C marked with H H mmol) an asterisk) N Example 176 N O H H e 49 (61 mg, 93% content, 0.19 mmol) is dissolved in in acetic acid (3 mL) and Platinum(IV) oxide hydrate (25 mg, 0.10 mmol) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated at 3 bar for 3h. The reaction mixture is purified over SCX cartridge, washed with MeOH and eluted with methanolic ammonia. Volatiles are removed under reduced re to afford a residue that is purified by flash chromatography (eluent 0-10% MeOH+1%NH4OH/DCM) to furnish the title compound (44 mg, 77%).

S (Method 11): Rt = 1.73 min MS (ESI pos): m/z = 303 (M+H)+ The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 50: HPLC-MS (ESI pos, Example Structure Reactant(s) Rt [min], m/z) method (M+H)+ N Example 9ai O 1.28 177 (227 mg, 60% 274 H 11 content, 0.37 N mmol) 178 re of O Example 9aj N 2.14 stereoisomers) H (50 mg, 0.13 301 H H 11 mmol) 179 e stereoisomer, O * Example 9ak unknown absolute O N (120 mg, 97% 2.14 stereochemistry at H 301 CH2CH2-C marked H H content, 0.29 11 mmol) with an asterisk) N 180 (single stereoisomer, O * Example 9al unknown absolute O N (120 mg, 96% 2.17 stereochemistry at H 301 H H content, 0.27 11 -C marked mmol) with an asterisk) N The following examples are synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 138: MS (ESI pos or Example Structure Reactant(s) HPLC-MS APCI, m/z) (M+H)+ H Example O N N 23ah 181 1.51 H H (81 mg, 0.17 289 Method 11 mmol) 182 O Example 23ai 1.54 341 N 348 mg, Method 11 O N H N H H 183 (mixture of Example 23aj 1.80 325 stereoisomers) O N (120 mg, 0.14 Method 11 mmol) H H 184 H Example 82a 2.42 298 O N N (60 mg, 0.15 Method 11 H H mmol) cAMP ASSAY Method description for cAMP assay with human Somatostatin 4 receptor The activation of the SSTR4 receptor (Gi coupled) causes an inhibition of intracellular cAMP after stimulation with Forskolin, which can be quantifiable by use of a suitable assay Kit and an adequate plate reader. This technique is used to terize cological effects of the SSTR4 receptor agonists by use of hSSTR4 expressing H4 cells.

Description: Compounds are dissolved and diluted in DMSO. The final test on contains 1% DMSO. The cAMP standard (Lance cAMP 384 Kit; PerkinElmer, Cat# AD0264) is prepared in assay buffer (HBSS with 0.1% BSA, 5 mM HEPES, 0.5 M IBMX, pH 7.4) containing 1% DMSO and the cAMP standard curve is included at least on one plate.

Cells are centrifuged and suspended in assay buffer (incl. 1:100 diluted Alexa antibody).

For the assay 5 µl of a cell suspension (approximately 5000 cells/well) - incl. Alexa antibody (diluted 1:100) are added into a 384 well MTP microtitre plate excepting one row or column (depending on the plate layout), which is reserved for the standard curve. Then 2 µl of compound sample is added as concentration response curve (e.g. 1e-5 M to 6e-10 M), usually in triplicates. Each assay contains incubations with e controls instead of compound as controls for hibited cAMP generation (100% CTL; 'high values') and incubations with 1 µM Somatosatin as controls for full inhibition and background (0% CTL; 'low values'). After approximately 10 – 15 min incubation time 3µl Forskolin (dissolved in DMSO, final conc.15µM) is added. Then the plates are shaken briefly and incubated for 60 min at room temperature. After 60 min 10µl of the detection mix is added into all wells followed by an additional incubation period of 1h. The plates are read in a suitable plate reader.

The analysis of the data is based on the "ratio" of the esolved fluorescence measurements of donor and acceptor fluorophore (Ex: 320nm; Em1: 665nm; Em2: 615nm; ratio 665/615). From this ratio, cAMP concentrations are calculated from standard curve and the EC50 is estimated by least square curve fit m.

RADIOLIGAND BINDING ASSAYS Method description for binding assays with human Somatostatin receptors by use of CHO cell membranes sing recombinant human SSTR1 or human SSTR2 or human SSTR3 or human SSTR4 or human SSTR5 Receptor binding assays refer to a que in which labeled receptor ligands are used to detect binding to a or. In competition experiments test compounds, which are not labeled, compete with the g side of a d ligand. The displacement of the labeled ligand by the test compound leads to a decreased signal.

Procedure: For the binding experiments 200 μL of membrane homogenate from one of the following protein amounts is used: hSSTR1 (40 µg/well); hSSTR2 (25 µg/well); hSSTR3 (1,5 µg/well); hSSTR4 (0,5 µg/well); hSSTR5 (25 µg/well). The homogenate is incubated with 0.05 nM of radioligand ([3-125I-Tyr]-Somatostatin-(1-14)) in addition to increasing concentrations of a test compound or vehicle (100% binding) in a total volume of 250 µL using a Hepes buffer (10mM, EDTA 1mM, MgCl2 5mM, pH7.6, BSA 0.5%, Bacitracin 0.003%, DMSO 1%) for 180 min at room temperature. The incubation is terminated by filtration with ice cold NaCl 0.9% through polyethyleneimine d (0.3 %) GF/ B glass fiber filters using a cell harvester. The protein-bound radioactivity is measured in a suitable reader. The non-specific binding is defined as radioactivity bound in the presence of 1 μM Somatostatin-14 during the incubation period.

The analysis of the concentration-binding curves is performed by computer-assisted nonlinear least square curve fitting method using the model of one receptor binding site.

Metabolic stability The metabolic stability of the compounds ing to the invention may be investigated as follows: The metabolic degradation of the test compound is assayed at 37 °C with pooled human liver microsomes. The final incubation volume of 100 μl per time point contains TRIS buffer pH 7.6 at room temperature (0.1 M), magnesium de (5 mM), microsomal protein (1 mg/mL) and the test compound at a final concentration of 1 μM. Following a short preincubation period at 37°C, the ons are initiated by addition of beta-nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate, reduced form (NADPH, 1 mM), and terminated by erring an aliquot into t after ent time points. After centrifugation (10000 g, 5 min), an aliquot of the supernatant is assayed by LC-MS/MS for the amount of parent compound. The ife is determined by the slope of the semi-logarithmic plot of the tration-time profile.

Biological activity The agonstic activity of the above described examples is demonstrated by the data in Table 2. The EC50 values were obtained with the aid of the above decribed cAMP ASSAY.

Table 2: Agonistic ty of compounds of the present invention.

Example SSTR4 agonism 24 0,5 EC50 [nM] 25 14,8 1 237,5 26 46,5 2 56,5 27 284,6 3 179,0 28 11,3 4 315,0 29 60,4 26,6 30 202,0 6 59,6 31 1,9 7 435,3 32 9,9 8 2,8 33 4,6 9 536,0 34 41,1 10,7 35 375,5 11 8,1 36 21,8 12 0,6 37 161,8 13 2,4 38 27,8 14 7,2 39 3,0 7,8 40 5,0 16 192,5 41 194,0 17 1,0 42 14,7 18 20,4 43 184,7 19 140,8 44 361,0 8,5 45 1,2 21 0,7 46 240,7 22 0,4 47 3,7 23 17,5 48 3,7 49 0,4 80 0,3 50 8,4 81 143,4 51 7,4 82 24,6 52 2,4 83 11,0 53 9,8 84 839,7 54 66,6 85 143,5 55 30,9 86 93,9 56 5,5 87 22,9 57 16,3 88 0,8 58 22,0 89 2,6 59 64,3 90 1,4 60 76,9 91 87,2 61 1085,5 92 0,4 62 206,5 93 0,1 63 4,1 94 1,6 64 2,0 95 3,6 65 29,8 96 9,2 66 142,5 97 12,4 67 66,3 98 19,9 68 4,7 99 102,0 69 749,0 100 0,6 70 5,7 101 1,2 71 26,9 102 2,3 72 362,0 103 0,3 73 11,9 104 1,7 74 1,6 105 0,4 75 0,4 106 0,1 76 0,8 107 0,2 77 0,5 108 4,0 78 3,2 109 0,3 79 83,7 110 0,7 111 14,5 142 4,0 112 118,6 143 0,3 113 19,2 144 47,7 114 4,7 145 0,9 115 21,3 146 2,6 116 2,1 147 13,3 117 6,1 148 1,1 118 39,2 149 1,0 119 3,2 150 0,9 120 1,9 151 0,6 121 61,5 152 26,1 122 1336,3 153 1,6 123 1,5 154 7,6 124 15,4 155 94,7 125 97,6 156 7,4 126 0,4 157 36,9 127 31,9 158 0,8 128 0,4 159 15,4 129 6,8 160 42,4 130 0,3 161 763,9 131 484,0 162 128,3 132 72,3 163 338,1 133 7,1 164 6662,5 134 34,7 165 88,8 135 7,6 166 1401,8 136 6,4 167 4,9 137 0,8 168 47,3 138 4,3 169 312,5 139 10,9 170 10,9 140 0,6 171 61,5 141 3,3 172 519,6 173 236,8 179 10,3 174 100,2 180 400,5 175 1003,3 181 41,3 176 1,2 182 68,5 177 9,1 183 9,9 178 22,4 184 0,4 Selectivity Selectivity data was ed with the aid of the above described radioligand binding assays.

Table 3: Selectivity of compounds of the present invention for SSTR4 over other SSTRs.

SSTR4 SSTR1 SSTR2 SSTR3 SSTR5 Ex binding binding binding binding binding Ki [nM] Ki [nM] Ki [nM] Ki [nM] Ki [nM] 11 106,5 > 8910 > 9590 > 8580 > 9850 21 10,8 > 8910 > 9590 > 8580 > 9850 22 3,7 848 > 9590 > 8580 > 9850 24 2,9 2820 > 9610 > 8650 > 9860 114,4 > 8960 > 9610 > 8640 > 9855 40 37,1 > 9760 > 9600 > 8630 > 9850 47 39,9 > 9148 > 9603 > 8618 > 9853 49 4,5 4535 > 9600 > 8615 > 9855 56 100,0 3460 > 9610 > 8630 > 9850 63 68,9 > 7514 > 7875 > 7068 > 8079 78 97,2 6640 > 9630 > 8710 > 9860 80 1,2 508 > 9630 > 8710 > 9860 93 3,6 7030 > 9630 > 8690 > 9770 94 15,9 > 9480 > 9630 > 8690 > 9770 101 46,2 > 9090 > 9600 > 8597 > 9853 107 3,4 4300 > 9600 > 8597 > 9853 126 3,0 6630 > 9630 > 8710 > 9860 128 7,6 1100 > 9630 6180 > 9860 138 70,3 7360 > 9630 > 8710 > 9860 148 32,3 6670 > 9630 > 8690 > 9770 Stability Stability data was obtained with the above described experimental ure.

Table 4: Stability of compounds of the present invention in human liver microsomes.

Half-life Half-life Half-life Example Example Example t1/2 [min] t1/2 [min] t1/2 [min] 2 > 130 57 > 130 107 > 130 8 > 130 58 > 130 108 > 130 > 130 59 > 130 109 > 130 11 > 130 60 > 130 110 > 130 12 > 130 63 > 130 111 > 130 13 > 130 64 > 130 113 > 130 > 130 65 > 130 114 > 130 17 > 130 67 > 130 116 > 130 18 > 130 68 > 130 119 > 130 > 130 70 > 130 120 > 130 21 > 130 71 120 126 > 130 22 > 130 74 36 128 > 130 23 > 130 75 > 130 129 > 130 24 > 130 76 > 130 130 > 130 > 130 77 > 130 133 > 130 28 > 130 78 > 130 137 > 130 31 > 130 80 > 130 138 > 130 32 > 130 83 > 130 139 > 130 33 > 130 87 > 130 140 > 130 38 > 130 88 > 130 141 > 130 39 > 130 89 > 130 142 > 130 40 > 130 90 > 130 143 > 130 42 > 130 92 > 130 145 > 130 43 > 130 93 > 130 146 > 130 44 > 130 94 > 130 148 > 130 45 > 130 95 > 130 149 > 130 47 > 130 100 > 130 150 > 130 48 > 130 101 > 130 151 > 130 49 > 130 102 > 130 156 > 130 51 > 130 103 > 130 158 > 130 52 > 130 104 > 130 159 > 130 53 47 105 > 130 167 > 130 56 > 130 106 > 130 168 > 130

Claims (1)

1. Claims 1. A compound of formula (I) H R1 O N Y H H A (I) 5 wherein A is selected from the group consisting of H and C1alkyl; R1 and R2 are independently ed from the group consisting of H, C1alkyl and C3cycloalkyl, n at least one of R1 or R2 is C1 alkyl or C3cycloalkyl, wherein the C1alkyl or the C3cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with ns or MeO-, or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- to ered alkylene-bridge optionally substituted with halogens incorporating 0 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S; W is selected from the group consisting of a mono- or ic aryl, a mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, a mono- or bicyclic heterocyclyl and a mono- or bicyclic cycloalkyl, wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, and wherein the heteroaryl comprises up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two 5- or 6-membered ring(s); R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, benzyl, halogen, HO-, NC-, mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, and 5- or ered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O or S(O)r, wherein the heteroaryl contains up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two 5- or 6-membered s) and r is 0, 1 or 2, wherein the C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, benzyl, heteroaryl and the heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with halogens, HO-, acetyl, C1alkyl-O-, oxo, R4-S(O)2-, with R4 being aryl, C3cycloalkyl and/or C1alkyl; Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, and -CH2O-; or a salt of any of the above nds. 5 2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein A is H. 3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein W is ed from the group consisting of a mono- or bicyclic aryl, a mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl and a mono- or bicyclic heterocyclyl, wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3, and n the heteroaryl comprises up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two 5- or 6-membered ring(s). 4. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein W is selected from the group consisting of N O N N N N N O H H N O S S N N + N N N O O O S N S O S N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N H H N O O N O H O O O O N O O N O O O S O N N N N N H H N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N S N N N N N N N N N N O N O O N O O N O N N N N N O O O N O O N N O N N N N O O N O N O N H H N N N N N N N N H H H N N N N N N N N N S N N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N O N N N N H H N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N HN N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3. 5. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein W is selected from the group ting of N N N N N N O N N N N N N N N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3. 6. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein W is selected from the group consisting of N N N N N N N N N N O N N wherein each of these ring systems are optionally substituted with one or more R3. 7. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, lkyl-O-, halogen, and NC-, wherein, in case R3 is connected to N-atoms of W, R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1alkyl and C3cycloalkyl, wherein the C1alkyl, ycloalkyl, and the C1alkyl-O- substituents are ally substituted with halogens. 8. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H3C-, F- and F3C-, wherein, in case R3 is connected to N-atoms of W, R3 is H3C-. 5 9. A compound according to any one or more of claims 1 to 8, wherein R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group ting of H and C1alkyl optionally substituted with halogens, wherein at least one of R1 or R2 is independently C1alkyl optionally substituted with halogens, or wherein R1 and R2 together form a 2- to 5-membered ne-bridge optionally substituted with halogens incorporating 0 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O or S. 10. A compound according to claim 1 to 8, wherein R1 and R2 are both H3C-. 11. A compound according to any one or more of claims 1 to 10, n Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH2CH2- and -CH2O-. 12. A compound according to any one or more of claims 1 to 10, wherein Y is ed from the group consisting of a bond and -CH2O-. 13. A compound according to claim 1, wherein the nd is selected from the group consisting of: O Cl H H O H O N N HN H H I H H F F H H N H N H H N N O H H O N H H H H H H H N N H H N Cl N H H H H O H H O N F H F H H O N O H H H H N H O H H H N H H O N O N H H F N H N O N H N N H H H N H N Cl H O N O H H H H N H H N H H H N H O H N H H N H O H F F H N F H N H O N H H N H O H N F F H O F H N H H N N N H O O H N H O F F O F H N H H H N N H N N S N H H O O N H N H N H O N H H N H N N N F O N H H F F N N H H H N N H O H H H N H N F N H O F H O F N N F H O N N F H H H H N H N H O H N N O N N H O N O H H H H N H O H O N H N O H N N N H H H H O O H N O N H N H N N H H O N H H N O H O F H O N H O H N O H O H N H N H Cl H N H O O F H O N H N H N H H N N H N H N H O N O H O N H O H N H N H N N H O H O H N N N N O N H O H O F N H H F F O H N H H O O N N H H H N H N H H H H O O N O N N H H O N H H O H O N N H H N H O N H N H H N H O N O N H H N H O N H N O H N N H O H N F H N F N F N O N O N H H H H N O H H O N N O H O H H H O N O H N O N H N N H H H O N H N HN O H N H O H H N H N F H N H O NH N N H H O NH N H H H H H N S O F N N N O NH N H H H H N HN O N H H O H H H N N HN O H H N N H H N N HN O N N O H H H H H HN O HN O H H H H N N H H N N HN O H H H H H N H N O HN O HN O H H H H N H H O H N N N N N HN O H H H H H O H H H N O N H H H N N HN O HN O H H H H N N H H H O F HN F H N F H N N HN O O H H H O N HN H H N F F HN O H O H H H N H O H O H N N H HN O H H O N HN O HN O H H H H H O HN O N H N H H N N H H N Cl O N N H N N HN O H H H H N HN O HN O H H H H N H O HN N H N H HN O N F H H H O H H N N O N F H F N F H N N N N O HN O N H N H H H F N F F N N H N H F O F H N H F H H H N H O F H N H F N F H O N N H H N N F H O N N F H H N F H N N O H N H N N H N N H N H O H N H H N N N H N H O N N H H N F H F N N H O F N H N H O F H N H H H H N N O N O N H N H H N O N N H N H N O N N H H H N H H N O N H H N N H F H H O N N Cl N H O N H N H H H N N H N O N H O N H H H N H N F F N N H H N O N H N N H H H H N O N O F H N O N N F H H F H H N H N H O N O N H H H H N H N N O N F N N O N H H H H N H H H O N O N H H H H N N N H H O N Cl H H O N H H H N N N O N F N H H O NH H H H N N O N O N H N H H F H N N H H O H H O Cl N N N H O HN N N H N H H O N N N H N N N H H O N H H H N N H H O N H H H H N N O N H NH H O N H H N H NH N O N N H N HN O H H H H N H N N O N H N O N H H H H O N N H H H NH O N O N or a salt of any of the above compounds. 5 14. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R1 and R2 are C1alkyl; W is a mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl optionally substituted with one R3, wherein the heteroaryl comprises up to 4 heteroatoms and one or two 5- or 6-membered ring(s); and R3 is C1alkyl, C3cycloalkyl, C1alkyl-O-, halogen, or NC-, wherein, in case R3 is connected to a N-atom of W, R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1alkyl 10 and ycloalkyl. 15. The nd according to claim 14, wherein A is H. 16. The compound according to claim 14 or claim 15, wherein W is ally substituted with one R3. 17. The compound according to claim 14 or 15, wherein W is optionally substituted with one R3. 5 18. The compound according to any one of claims 14-17, wherein Y is -CH2O-. 19. The compound according to any one of claims 14-17, wherein Y is a bond. 20. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is H O N or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 10 21. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is H O N 22. The compound according to claim 1, n the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of H O N 23. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is N H N H N or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt f. 24. A pharmaceutical composition containing at least one compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. 10 25. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 24, wherein the compound is a compound of claim 14. 26. The ceutical composition according to claim 24, wherein the compound is a compound of claim 16. 15 27. The ceutical composition according to claim 24, wherein the compound is H O N or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 28. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 24, wherein the compound is N H N H N or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5 29. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 23 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for ng or preventing diseases or conditions which can be influenced by the activation of SSTR4. 30. Use of a compound according to any one of 1 to 23, or a pharmaceutically 10 able salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating pain. 31. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a ment for use in ting pain. 32. The use according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the pain is neuropathic pain or 15 inflammatory pain. 33. The use according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the pain is chronic pain. 34. The use according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the pain is one of the following: - troke pain, - pain due to central nervous system injury, 20 - pain due to multiple sis, - complex regional pain syndrome Type I, - complex regional pain syndrome Type II, or - tumour pain. 35. The use according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the pain is one of the following: 25 - pain caused by osteoarthritis, - pain caused by rheumatoid arthritis, - phantom limb pain, or - stump pain. 36. The use according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the pain is yalgia, trigeminal neuralgia, or pain caused by irritable bowel. 5 37. The use according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the pain is low back pain or chronic back pain. 38. The use according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the pain is pain caused by diabetic neuropathy. 39. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, or a pharmaceutically 10 acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating a disease or ion selected from irritable bowel syndrome, diabetic neuropathy, migraine and osteoarthritis. 40. The use according to claim 39, wherein the e or condition is irritable bowel syndrome. 15 41. The use according to claim 39, wherein the disease or condition is migraine. 42. The use of any one of claims 29 to 41, wherein the compound is H O N or a pharmaceutically able salt thereof. 43. The use of any one of claims 29 to 41, wherein the compound is H O N 44. The use to any one of claims 29 to 41, wherein the compound is N H N H N 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt f. 45. A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 23, substantially as herein described with reference to any example thereof. 46. A pharmaceutical composition as claimed in any one of claims 24 to 28, substantially as herein described with reference to any example thereof. 10 47. A use as claimed in any one of claims 29 to 44, substantially as herein described with nce to any example thereof.